Quarterlytics / Technology / Communication Equipment / Motorola Solutions / FY2019 Annual Report

Motorola Solutions
Annual Report 2019

MSI · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker MSI
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Communication Equipment
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Motorola Solutions
Loading PDF…
MS INTERNATIONAL plc

Annual Report 2019

Company Registration Number 00653735

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Contents

The year in brief

Chairman’s Statement

Directors

Advisors

Strategic report

Statement of directors’ responsibilities

Independent report of the auditors

Consolidated income statement

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Consolidated and company statement of changes in equity

Consolidated and company statements of financial position

Consolidated and company cash flow statements

Notes to the financial statements

Summary of Group results 2015 – 2019

Corporate governance statement

Audit committee report

Report of the directors

Directors’ remuneration report

List of subsidiaries

Notice of Annual General Meeting

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

14

14

15

16

17

18

48

49

52

54

58

60

62

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

The year in brief

2019

Total

2018

Total

£000
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

£000

Revenue
68,085
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

77,708

Profit before taxation
4,039
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

4,787

Earnings per share
20.5p
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

23.1p

Dividends payable per share
8.25p
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

8.25p

Financial Calendar Key Dates

Annual Results Announced

Annual General Meeting

Final Dividend Payable

Half-Year Results Announced

Interim Dividend Payable

June

July

July

November

December

2

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Chairman’s Statement

Results and Review 

For the year ending 27th April 2019, the result on a ‘like for like’ basis increased by 48% to £5.99m (2018 –
£4.04m) on revenue of £77.71m (2018 – 68.09m) an uplift of 14% on last year. On a similar basis, earnings per share
would have been 29.0p (2018- 20.5p) an increase of 41%.

However, after a one-off £1.2m charge for ‘guaranteed minimum pension equalisation’ (see note 8 of the notes
to the financial statements) the profit before taxation is reduced to £4.79m and earnings per share to 23.1p. Net cash
was £22.89m (2018 – £15.87m) an increase of 44% on last year. The value of the Group order book at year-end was
down on this time last year and there is very clear evidence, that many customers are reticent to place new orders
until their perceived specific requirements become critically essential. 

Reviewing  the  status  of  the  varied  markets  we  serve  and  responding  to  notable  changes  whether  they  be
positive or negative is clearly an important management function and one that we always take very seriously in a
thoroughly well informed, but also sensitive manner. 

Fortuitously, as a Group we are very well armed, as we align to the ups and downs of the global markets we
serve thanks to our diverse, profitable, international operations and a strong cash position, which supports those
major product and facility developments that are in hand.

A key element in our ‘Defence’ business strategy has been to increase our presence significantly within the
global  defence  market  so  that  we  can  effectively  counter  the  varied  current  constraints  on  UK  MoD  decisions
regarding  future  requirements  and  expenditure.  It  is  pleasing  to  report  that  once  again,  international  sales
accounted for the major component of revenue as we reap the benefits of our considerable investment in a substantial
number of new products aimed specifically at the global market.

‘Forgings’  had  a  10%  uplift  in  revenue  over  the  comparable  period,  overcoming  the  many  challenges  in
international markets posed by product imported from lower cost economies. Our strategic move last year to focus
on  manufacturing  in  the  United  States  has  been  exceptionally  well  received  in  a  country  where  domestically
manufactured  product  has  considerable  appeal  over  imported  goods.  This  maturing  investment  phase  is  also
enabling us to rationalise and re-position some of our UK production facilities, thereby better aligning our business
with the notable decline of fork-lift truck production in the UK.  

‘Petrol Station Superstructures’ enjoyed a significant upturn in activity with revenue increasing markedly
compared to the period of market weakness during the previous year. Largely this is being driven by the structural
transformation of traditional ‘petrol filling station’ sites, that were once almost exclusively selling fuel, into ones that
are distinct, local convenience stores and multiple food outlets with ample car parking – that also serve fuel. This
repositioning to a much broader retail offering has gathered substantial momentum across our customer base with
clear  benefits  for  the  division.  Furthermore,  a  much  higher  focus  by  management  and  the  team  on  improving  all
round performance brought its just rewards.

‘Petrol Station Branding’ division maintained an admirable performance in line with that of the previous
year. Here again the market is rapidly changing as the global oil companies continue to divest their estates to the
numerous groups of fuel retail ownership. As a result the established branding programmes of the vendors are subject
to  review  as  the  new  owners  determine  their  own  priorities,  fuel  suppliers  and  schedules  of  requirements.
Notwithstanding  such  significant  changes,  we  are  able  to  accommodate  and  support  the  priorities  of  these  new
customers  without  difficulty,  thanks  to  the  high  reputation  of  our  business.  Pleasingly,  our  substantial  activities
across much of mainland Europe are now gaining notable traction in the UK through our fledgling operation which
continues to prosper.

Outlook

This has been a creditable year of progress for the Group and we are encouraged by the good progress made
across the various businesses. However, we believe that we are approaching ‘very interesting times’. Despite our best
endeavours  in  corporate  product  development  and  international  marketing,  there  are  times,  such  as  now,  when
experience tells us some challenging external influences may come to bear on the business.

Nevertheless, recognising the challenges ahead of the game, is of course critical to maintain momentum. We
believe that we are fully aware of such circumstances and we will do whatever is necessary to overcome any hurdles
and protect at all times the Company’s past and future development.

We are committed to moving the business forward and have the resilience, experience, and dedication along

with a great team of people plus the financial resources to support and develop opportunities as they arise.

All matters considered the Board recommends the payment of a maintained final dividend of 6.5p per share,
making the total for the year of 8.25p (2018 – 8.25p). The final dividend is expected to be paid on 25th July, 2019 to
those shareholders on the register at the close of business on 21st June, 2019.

Michael Bell
5th June 2019 

3

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Directors

Directors

Executive

Michael Bell ARICS (Executive Chairman)

Michael O’Connell FCA (Finance)

Nicholas Bell

Non-executive

Roger Lane-Smith – Age 73

Appointed as a director on 21st January, 1983. He is a non-executive director of  Timpson Group plc, Lomond

Capital Partners, Mostyn Estates Limited and a number of other private companies.

David Pyle – Age 73

Appointed an executive director on 9th July, 1980. He  stepped down as an executive director on 27th April,

2013 and was appointed a non-executive director.

David Hansell – Age 73

Appointed  a  non-executive  director  on  3rd  June,  2014.  David  has  been  with  MS  INTERNATIONAL  plc,

working at MSI-Defence Systems Ltd since 1962, becoming managing director in 2002.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Company Secretary

David Kirkup FCA

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Registered Office

Balby Carr Bank

Doncaster

DN4 8DH

England
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Company Registration Number 00653735
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

4

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Advisors

Independent Auditor

Grant Thornton UK LLP

1 Holly Street 

Sheffield

S1 2GT
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Registrars and Transfer Office

Link Asset Services

The Registry

34 Beckenham Road

Beckenham

Kent

BR3 4TU
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Solicitors

DLA Piper UK LLP 

1 St. Peter’s Square

Manchester 

M2 3DE
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Nominated Advisors

Shore Capital & Corporate Limited

Bond Street House

14 Clifford Street

London

W15 4JU
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Brokers

Shore Capital & Corporate Limited

Bond Street House

14 Clifford Street

London

W15 4JU
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Bankers

Lloyds Bank

First Floor

14 Church Street

Sheffield

S1 1HP
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

5

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Strategic report

This report should be read in conjunction with the Chairman’s Statement and the Corporate Governance Report.

Strategy

The Group’s long term strategy is to invest in people, products and processes to seek continuous improvement
in  its  four  diverse  operating  divisions:  ‘Defence’,  ‘Forgings’, ‘Petrol  Station  Superstructures’  and  ‘Petrol  Station
Branding’, each holding a leading position in its specialist market.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Business review

The Group is engaged in the design and manufacture of specialist engineering products and the provision of

related services.

A review of the operations of the Company and subsidiaries and their position at 27th April, 2019 are provided

in the Chairman’s Statement.

Segment  information  for  the  year  under  review  is  provided  in note  4  "Segment  Information"  to  the  Group

financial statements.

The Group profit before taxation amounted to £4.787m (2018 – £4.039m) after a provision for estimated past
service pension costs of £1.198m (2018 – £nil) relating to GMP equalisation. Details of the basis of the provision are
set out in note 21. Changes to this estimate will be shown as part of the movement in actuarial liability within the
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income in future years.

The uncertain indirect tax receivable of £615,000 from the Group’s operations in Germany was recovered in
full during the year. Consequently, the impairment provision of £615,000 made in the financial year ended 28 April,
2018 was released.

During the year, the parent company and US subsidiary company transferred its properties in the UK and

the USA to property holding companies in both jurisdictions.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Principal risks and uncertainties

The  principal  risk  and  uncertainties  facing  the  Group  relate  to  levels  of  customer  demand  for  the  Group’s
products  and  services.  Customer  demand  is  driven  mainly  by  general  economic  conditions  but  also  by  pricing,
product quality and delivery performance of MS INTERNATIONAL plc and in comparison with our competitors. 

There continues to be considerable uncertainty in relation to the UK’s future trading relationship with the EU.

The  Group  already  has  operations  within  the  EU  in  its  ‘Petrol  Station  Superstructures’  business  and  its
‘Petrol Station Branding’ business. The ‘Defence’ business operates in a worldwide market and many of its customers
and suppliers are not in the EU.

The  overseas  businesses  of  the  ‘Forgings’  division  operate  in  the  USA,  Brazil  and  Argentina.  The  main
suppliers to UK ‘Forgings’ are based in the UK or non-EU countries. However, it does supply products to fork lift
truck manufacturers within the EU. Any changes to the UK’s future trading relationship with the EU may have an
adverse  impact  on  these  customer  supply  arrangements,  albeit  limited  in  the  context  of  the  Group’s  overall
international trading profile.

The Board are monitoring the likely impact of how changes in the UK’s trading relationship with the EU will affect

the different parts of the Group and preparations have been made to take appropriate action if, and when, required.

Sterling  exchange  rates  against  other  currencies  can  influence  pricing.  The  principal  financial  risks  and

uncertainties in the business are set out in note 23 "Financial Instruments" to these Group financial statements. 

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Key performance indicators

Revenue
Profit before taxation
Earnings per share

2019

£000

77,708
4,787
23.1p

2018

£000

68,085
4,039
20.5p

Change

%

14.1
18.5
12.7

A review of the changes in the key performance indicators is provided in the Chairman’s Statement.

6

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Strategic report

Cash flow

The  Group  cash  inflow  from  operating  activities  was  £9.07m  (2018  –  £2.97m).  This  was before capital
expenditure  of  £0.89m  (2018  –  £1.11m)  of  which,  £0.35m  was  incurred  on  increasing  capacity  at  the  recently
constructed US forks manufacturing facility, which commenced production during the previous financial year.

Research  and  development  costs  of  £0.96m  (2018  –  £1.12m)  was  expended  during  the  year,  primarily  on
continuing enhancement of the portfolio of small calibre naval weapon systems the ‘Defence’ business offers to its
worldwide customer base.

Closing  cash  and  cash  equivalents  reached  a  record  £22.9m  (2018  –  £15.87m)  including  customer  progress

payments on account of £13.65m (2018 – £14.48m).

The Group has an unutilised UK overdraft facility of £4.8m. This, together with the closing cash and cash
equivalents of £22.9m, puts the Group in a good position to continue to invest in people, products and processes in
each  of  its  diverse  operating  divisions,  to  deliver  value  over  the  medium  to  long  term  to  shareholders  and  other
stakeholders.

By order of the Board,

David Kirkup
Secretary

5th June, 2019

7

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Statement of directors’ responsibilities

The  directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the Annual  Report  and  the  financial  statements  in  accordance
with applicable United Kingdom law and regulations. Company law requires the directors to prepare such financial
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the directors have prepared Group financial statements under
IFRSs  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union,  and  the  directors'  have  elected  to  prepare  Parent  Company  financial
statements under IFRSs as adopted by the European Union.

Under company law the directors must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a
true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for
that period. In preparing those financial statements, the directors are required to:

select suitable accounting policies  and then apply them consistently;

present  information,  including  accounting  policies,  in  a  manner  that  provides  relevant,  reliable,
comparable and understandable information;

make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

state whether the Group and Parent Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with  IFRSs  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union,  subject  to  any  material  departures  disclosed  and
explained in the financial statements; and

prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that
the Parent Company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain
the  Group  and  Parent  Company’s  transactions  and  disclose  with  reasonable  accuracy  at  any  time  the  financial
position of the Group and Parent Company and to enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with
the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Parent Company
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The maintenance and integrity of the MS INTERNATIONAL plc website is the responsibility of the directors.

8

(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Independent auditor’s report to the members of MS INTERNATIONAL plc

Opinion

Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified

We  have  audited  the  financial  statements  of  MS  INTERNATIONAL  plc  (the  ‘parent  company’)  and  its
subsidiaries  (the  ‘group’)  for  the  52  week  period  ended  27  April  2019  which  comprise  the  Consolidated  income
statement,  the  Consolidated  statement  of  comprehensive  income,  the  Consolidated  and  company  statement  of
changes in equity, the Consolidated and company statements of financial position, the Consolidated and company
cash flow statements and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies.
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International
Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRSs)  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union  and,  as  regards  the  parent  company
financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

In our opinion:

the  financial  statements  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the  group’s  and  of  the  parent  company’s
affairs as at 27 April 2019 and of the group’s profit for the period then ended;

the  group  financial  statements  have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRSs  as  adopted  by  the
European Union;

the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted
by the European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK)  (ISAs  (UK))  and
applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities for
the audit of the financial statements’ section of our report. We are independent of the group and the parent company
in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK,
including  the  FRC’s  Ethical  Standard  as  applied  to  listed  entities,  and  we  have  fulfilled  our  other  ethical
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our

opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to

report to you where:

the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not
appropriate; or

the directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may
cast significant doubt about the group’s or the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern
basis of accounting for a period of at least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are
authorised for issue.

Overview of our audit approach

Overall materiality: £380,000, which represents 1.8% of the group’s gross profit;

Key audit matters were identified as:

–

–

Non-contract revenue has a potential for misstatement

Contract revenue has a potential for misstatement

Audit scope:

–

–

–

–

A  full  scope  audit  was  performed  of  the  financial  statements  of  the  company,  and  all  components
determined to be significant.

A specified audit procedures approach was adopted for components not considered to be significant. 

We carried out analytical procedures for the remaining components.

The components where we performed full or specified audit procedures accounted for 98% of revenue
and 98% of gross profit.

9

(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
Independent auditor’s report to the members of MS INTERNATIONAL plc
Continued

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit
of  the  financial  statements  of  the  current  period  and  include  the  most  significant  assessed  risks  of  material
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those that had the greatest
effect  on:  the  overall  audit  strategy,  the  allocation  of  resources  in  the  audit;  and  directing  the  efforts  of  the
engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole
and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key Audit Matter – Group and parent

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Non-contract  revenue  has  a  potential 
misstatement

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

for

How the matter was addressed in the audit – Group and
parent

Non-contract  revenue  is  a  major  driver  of  the
business  and  there  is  a  potential  for  material
misstatement  particularly  in  relation  to  revenue
being  recorded  in  the  wrong  period  due  to  cut  off
errors or management bias.

We  therefore  identified  the  misstatement  of  non-
contract  revenue  as  a  significant  risk,  which  was
one  of  the  most  significant  assessed  risks  of
material misstatement.

Key Audit Matter - Group and parent

performing  walkthroughs  to  understand  the  design
and  implementation  of  controls  for  the  recording  of
revenue

performing  an  assessment  of  whether  the  revenue
recognition policy is in accordance with International
Financial  Reporting  Standard  15  ‘Revenue  from
Contracts  with  Customers’  (IFRS  15),  by  comparing
policies  to  IFRS  15  requirements,  assessing  the
disclosures made and testing a sample of the revenue
recorded  in  the  period  for  adherence  to  the  policy
adopted

testing  items  of  revenue  around  the  year  end  to
ensure it is recorded in the correct period

testing  a  sample  of  revenue  transactions  to
corroborative documentation.

The group’s accounting policy on recognition of revenue is
shown  in  note 2 to  the  financial  statements  and  related
disclosures are included in note 3. 

Key observations

Based on the work we have undertaken we have not found
any  material  misstatements  in  non-contract  revenue
recognition.

How  the  matter  was  addressed  in  the  audit  -  Group  and
parent

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Contract revenue has a potential for misstatement

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

Contract revenue is a major driver of the business
and  there  is  potential  for  material  misstatement
particularly  within  the  Defence  division  (group)
and Petrol Station Superstructures division (group
and  parent  company)  in  relation  to  the  timing  of
recognition of revenue due to error or management
bias.

We  therefore  identified  the  misstatement  of
contract  revenue  as  a  significant  risk,  which  was
one  of  the  most  significant  assessed  risks  of
material misstatement.

performing  walkthroughs  to  understand  the  design
and  implementation  of  controls  for  the  recording  of
revenue

performing  an  assessment  of  whether  the  revenue
recognition  policy  is  in  accordance  with  IFRS  15,  by
comparing  policies  to  IFRS  15  requirements,
assessing the disclosures made and testing a sample
of the revenue recorded in the period for adherence to
the policy adopted

testing a sample of revenue transactions to customer
contracts  and  orders  to  assess  that  the  revenue  has
been recognised in line with the contractual terms.

The  group’s  accounting  policy  on  recognition  of  revenue
from  contracts  is  shown  in  note 2 to  the  financial
statements and related disclosures are included in note 3. 

Key observations

Based on the work we have undertaken we have not found
any  material  misstatements 
in  contract  revenue
recognition.

10

(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
Independent auditor’s report to the members of MS INTERNATIONAL plc
Continued

Our application of materiality

We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable
that  the  economic  decisions  of  a  reasonably  knowledgeable  person  would  be  changed  or  influenced.  We  use
materiality  in  determining  the  nature,  timing  and  extent  of  our  audit  work  and  in  evaluating  the  results  of  that
work.

Materiality was determined as follows:

Materiality measure
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Parent

Group

Financial statements as a whole

benchmark 

£380,000  which  is  1.8%  of  gross
profit.  This 
is
considered  the  most  appropriate
because  this  is  the  most  relevant
performance  measure  to  the
stakeholders of the Group.

£304,000  which  is  1.4%  of  gross
profit,  capped  at  component
materiality which is 80% of group
materiality.  This  benchmark  is
considered  the  most  appropriate
because  this  is  the  most  relevant
performance  measure  to  the
the  parent
of 
stakeholders 
company.

Performance  materiality  used  to
drive the extent of our testing

60%  of 
materiality.

financial 

statement

60%  of 
materiality.

financial 

statement

Specific materiality

We  determined  a  lower  level  of
specific  materiality  for  certain
areas 
directors’
remuneration  and  all  other
related party transactions. 

such 

as 

We  determined  a  lower  level  of
specific  materiality  for  certain
areas 
directors’
remuneration  and  all  other
related party transactions.

such 

as 

Communication of misstatements
to the audit committee

£19,000 and misstatements below
that  threshold  that,  in  our  view,
warrant  reporting  on  qualitative
grounds.

£15,000 and misstatements below
that  threshold  that,  in  our  view,
warrant  reporting  on  qualitative
grounds.

An overview of the scope of our audit

Our audit approach was a risk-based approach founded on a thorough understanding of the group’s business,

its environment and risk profile and in particular included:

an evaluation by the group audit team of identified components to assess the significance of that component
and to determine the planned audit response based on a measure of materiality. We based our assessment as
to the significance of the components by reference to the percentage of the group’s total assets, revenues and
profit before taxation. We did not identify any significant components based on qualitative factors, such as
specific uses or concerns over specific components

we conducted planning and interim visits, and evaluated the group’s internal controls environment including
its IT systems and controls

we also visited the previous auditors and reviewed their files

in assessing the risk of material misstatement, we evaluated the risk associated with the components of the
group and selected 9 components for full scope audit or specified audit procedures. We performed full scope
audit procedures on 4 of these components and specified audit procedures on the remaining 5 components.
Full scope audit procedures were performed for entities comprising 84% of external revenues and 84% of gross
profit. Specified audit procedures, including over revenue, were performed over components accounting for a
further 14% of revenue and 14% of gross profit.

All  audit  work  was  performed  by  Grant  Thornton  including  overseas  firms  in  the  Grant  Thornton
International Network. We issued group instructions to one component auditor. The group audit team were involved
in the risk assessment of this component and reviewed workpapers for the significant risk areas and this was the
only component where the group audit team were not included as part of the component audit team.

11

(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
Independent auditor’s report to the members of MS INTERNATIONAL plc
Continued

Other information

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information.  The  other  information  comprises  the  information
included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on
the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in
our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or
our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material
inconsistencies  or  apparent  material  misstatements,  we  are  required  to  determine  whether  there  is  a  material
misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work
we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to
report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

the information given in the strategic report and the report of the directors for the financial period for which
the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

the strategic report and the report of the directors have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal
requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report under the Companies Act 2006

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment
obtained  in  the  course  of  the  audit,  we  have  not  identified  material  misstatements  in  the  strategic  report  or  the
report of the directors.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006

requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit
have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the statement of directors’ responsibilities on page 8, the directors are responsible
for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for
such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent
company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using
the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

12

(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
Independent auditor’s report to the members of MS INTERNATIONAL plc
Continued

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error
and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial
Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s
report.

Use of our report

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of
the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Michael Redfern
Senior Statutory Auditor
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants
Sheffield

5 June 2019

13

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Consolidated income statement
For the 52 weeks ended 27th April, 2019

Continuing operations

2018
Total
£000
68,085 
Revenue
Cost of sales
(49,903)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
18,182 
Gross profit
Distribution costs
(3,383)
Administrative expenses
(10,546)

2019
Total
£000
77,708
(56,131)

21,577
(3,537)
(11,846)

Notes

3/4

4/5
8

(15,383)

6,194
(1,198)

(13,929)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
4,253 
Past service pension costs
–
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
4,253 
Group operating profit
Interest received
51 
Interest paid
(82)
(183)
Other finance costs – pensions
(214)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
4,039 
Profit before taxation
Taxation
(653)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
Profit for the period attributable to equity holders of the parent
3,386 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
Earnings per share: basic and diluted
20.5p
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

4,996
93
(116)
(186)
(209)

4/5
7
7
21

4,787
(975)

3,812

23.1p

10

9

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the 52 weeks ended 27th April, 2019

2019
Total
£000

2018
Total
£000

3,812

3,386 
Profit for the period attributable to equity holders of the parent
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
Exchange differences on retranslation of foreign operations
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
(175)
Net other comprehensive loss to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
858
Remeasurement gains on defined benefit pension scheme
(146) 
Deferred taxation on remeasurement on defined benefit scheme
Revaluation surplus on land and buildings
Deferred taxation on revaluation surplus on land and buildings
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
Net other comprehensive income not being reclassified to profit or loss
2,510
in subsequent periods
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
5,721 
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to equity holders of the parent
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

403
(69)
–
–

(254) 

(175) 

3,904

2,052

(242)

(242)

334

14

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Consolidated and company statement of changes in equity 

(a)  Group
At 29th April, 2017

Capital
Share redemption
reserve
capital
£000
£000

Other Revaluation
reserve
£000

reserves
£000

Share Currrency
Premium translation
reserve
£000

account
£000

Treasury
shares
£000

Total
Retained shareholders’
earnings
funds
£000
£000

1,840 

901 

2,815 

4,257 

1,629 

696 

(3,059) 19,962 

29,041

–

–

–

–

Profit for the period
Other comprehensive
income/(loss)
Total comprehensive
–
income/(loss)
5,721
Dividends paid (note 11)
–
(1,362)
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
At 28th April, 2018
33,400
IFRS 15 adjustment (note 2)
(144)

(3,059) 22,698 
(144)

4,098 
(1,362)

1,629 
–

1,798 
–

6,055 
–

2,815 
–

1,840 
–

(175)
–

521 
–

901 
–

3,386 

1,798 

2,335

3,386

(175)

712 

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Profit for the period
Other comprehensive
income/(loss)
Total comprehensive
–
income/(loss)
3,904
Dividends paid (note 11)
–
(1,362)
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
At 27th April, 2019
35,798 
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

(3,059) 25,338 

4,146 
(1,362)

(242)
–

1,840 

6,055 

2,815 

1,629 

3,812 

3,812

(242)

901 

279 

334 

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

92

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(b) Company
At 29th April, 2017

1,840 

901 

1,565 

4,351 

1,629 

–

(3,059) 18,745 

25,972

–
Profit for the period
532
–
Other comprehensive income
2,416
–
Total comprehensive income
2,948
Dividends paid (note 11)
–
(1,362)
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
At 28th April, 2018
27,558
IFRS 15 adjustment (note 2)
(144)

(3,059) 18,627 
(144)

532 
712 
1,244 
(1,362)

–
1,704 
1,704 
–

1,629 
–

6,055 
–

1,565 
–

1,840 
–

901 
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

6,055 
Reserve transfer (note 12(e))
–  
–
Loss for the period
(233)
–
Other comprehensive income
334
–
Total comprehensive income
101
Dividends paid (note 11)
–
(1,362)
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
At 27th April, 2019
26,153
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

–
(233)
334 
101 
(1,362)

(6,055)
–
–
–
–

(3,059) 17,222 

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

7,620 

1,629 

1,840 

901 

–

–

15

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Consolidated and company statements of financial position
At 27th April, 2019

Group

Company

2019

£000

2018

£000

2019

£000

2018

£000

Notes

ASSETS
Non-current assets
14,043 
12
Property, plant and equipment
13
Intangible assets
–  
14
Investments in subsidiaries
15,204 
Deferred income tax asset
15
1,092
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
30,339
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

20,766 
4,893 
–
1,092 

1,265
–
15,036
1,241

20,426
4,483
–
1,156

26,751 

26,065

17,542

Current assets
1,017 
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
10,003 
Income tax receivable
–  
Prepayments
335 
Cash and cash equivalents
18
– 
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
11,355
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
41,694
TOTAL ASSETS
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

11,666 
14,617 
114
1,127 
15,866 

1,462
22,489
21
299
–

12,624
7,044
44
1,774
22,886

70,141 

43,390 

44,372

41,813

24,271

70,437

16
17

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
1,840 
Share capital
Capital redemption reserve
901 
Other reserves
1,565 
Revaluation reserve
6,055 
Share premium account
1,629 
Currency translation reserve
–  
Treasury shares
(3,059)
Profit/(loss) for the period
531 
Retained earnings
18,096
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
27,558
TOTAL EQUITY SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

1,840 
901 
2,815 
6,055 
1,629 
521 
(3,059)
3,386 
19,312 

1,840
901
7,620
–
1,629
–
(3,059)
(233)
17,455

1,840
901
2,815
6,055
1,629
279
(3,059)
3,812
21,526

19
20
20
20
20
20
20

33,400 

26,153

35,798

Non-current liabilities
6,421 
21
Defined benefit pension liability
Deferred income tax liability
15
1,154
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
7,575
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

6,421 
1,625 

6,802
–

6,802
1,567

8,046 

6,802

8,369

Current liabilities
342 
Bank overdraft
Trade and other payables
6,204 
Income tax payable
15 
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
6,561
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
41,694
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

–
28,052 
643 

–
25,375
895

582
8,276
–

70,141 

28,695 

70,437

26,270

41,813

8,858

18
22

These accounts and notes on pages 14 to 47 were approved by the Board of Directors on 5th June, 2019, and

signed on its behalf by

Michael Bell,
Executive Chairman

Michael O’Connell,
Finance Director 

16

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Consolidated and company cash flow statements
For the 52 weeks ended 27th April, 2019

Group

Company

2019

£000

2018

£000

2019

£000

2018

£000

Note

Profit/(loss) before taxation 

4,787

4,039 

(312)

488 

14

12
13

–  
–  
708 
–  

–
–
1,266 
507 

1,198
(144)
1,318
375

1,198
(144)
551
–

Adjustments to reconcile profit before taxation
to net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities
Past service pension costs
IFRS 15 working capital adjustment
Depreciation charge 
Amortisation charge
Net increase/(reversal) of impairment in investment
in subsidiary undertaking
(213)
Profit on sale of fixed assets
(84)
Dividends received
(360)
Finance costs
232 
Foreign exchange losses
–  
Increase in inventories
241 
Decrease/(increase) in receivables
(1,530)
489 
(Increase)/decrease in prepayments
(Decrease)/increase in payables
(6,281)
(Decrease)/increase in progress payments
213 
Pension fund payments
(389)
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
(6,486)
Cash generated from/(invested in) operating activities
Net interest paid
(49)
Taxation paid
(89)
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
(6,624)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities
Investing activities
(652)
Investment in MSI- Forks Inc.
Dividends received from subsidiaries
360 
14
Transfer of net assets to MSI-Defence Systems Ltd.
(5,127)
12
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(568)
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
12
105 
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
(5,882)
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

–
(113)
–
214 
(74)
(1,521)
(3,224)
(184)
2,679 
(91)
(389)

168
(60)
(690)
249
–
(445)
(1,384)
36
1,992
80
(600)

–
(80)
–
209
(460)
(958)
7,573
(647)
(1,849)
(828)
(600)

–
–
–
(1,106)
157 

–
–
–
(891)
199

–
690
–
(284)
176

9,894
(23)
(797)

3,109 
(31)
(111)

639
(63)
(36)

2,967 

9,074

(692)

(949)

582

540

Financing activities
Dividends paid
(1,362)
11
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
(1,362)
Net cash outflow from financing activities
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
(13,868)
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
13,526
Opening cash and cash equivalents/(bank overdraft)
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
(342)
18
Closing cash and cash equivalents/(bank overdraft)
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

656 
15,210 

7,020
15,866

(240)
(342)

15,866 

(1,362)

(1,362)

(1,362)

(1,362)

22,886

(1,362)

(1,362)

(582)

17

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
For the 52 weeks ended 27th April, 2019

1

Authorisation of financial statements and statement of compliance with IFRSs

The Group’s and Company’s financial statements of MS INTERNATIONAL plc (the ‘Company’) for the year
ended 27th April, 2019 were authorised for issue by the board of the directors on 5th June, 2019 and the statements
of  financial  position  were  signed  on  the  board’s  behalf  by  Michael  Bell  and  Michael  O’Connell.  MS
INTERNATIONAL  plc  is  a  public  limited  company  incorporated  and  domiciled  in  England  and  Wales.  The
Company’s Ordinary shares are traded on the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange.

The  Group’s  and  Company’s  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU as they apply to the financial statements of the Group and
Company for the year ended 27th April, 2019 applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption provided under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006

not to publish its individual income statement and related notes.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

2

Accounting policies

Basis of preparation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  pounds  sterling  and  all  values  are  rounded  to  the

nearest thousand (£000) except when otherwise indicated.

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  judgements,  estimates  and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported for assets and liabilities as at the statement of financial position date
and the amounts reported for revenues and expenses during the year. However, the nature of estimation means that
actual outcomes could differ from those estimates. The following judgements have had the most significant effect on
amounts recognised in the financial statements:

Contract revenue

Judgement  is  required  in  determining  the  treatment  of  revenue  recognition.  This  assessment  is  detailed

further in the accounting policy for revenue. 

The  following  estimates  have  had  the  most  significant  effect  on  amounts  recognised  in  the  financial

statements:

Measurement of defined benefits obligations requires estimation of future changes in salaries and inflation,
as well as mortality rates and the selection of a suitable discount rate. The calculation of GMP equalisation included
estimation of the related past service pension costs (see note 21).

Impairment of non-financial assets

The Group’s impairment test for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives is based either on
fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  or  a  value  in  use  calculation.  The  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  calculation  is  based  on
available data from binding sales transactions in an arm’s length transaction on similar assets or observable market
prices less incremental costs for disposing of the asset. The value in use calculation is based on a discounted cash
flow model (see note 13).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Basis of consolidation 

Up  until  27th April, 2019,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  comprises  the  financial  statements  of  MS
INTERNATIONAL plc and its subsidiaries as at the Saturday nearest to the 30th April each period. The financial
statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent Company, using consistent
accounting policies.

With effect from the financial year commencing 28th April, 2019, the consolidated financial statements will
be to 30th April, for each accounting year thereafter. The financial statements of the subsidiaries will be prepared
for the same reporting period as the parent Company, using consistent accounting policies.

All intra-group balances, transactions, income and expenses and profits and losses resulting from intra-group

transactions that are recognised in assets, are eliminated in full.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date of acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains

control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases.

Change in accounting policies

There were no changes in accounting policies during the year or in the prior year which impacted the Group.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

18

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued

2

Accounting policies (continued)

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries

In  its  separate  financial  statements  the  Company’s  investments  in  subsidiaries  are  carried  at  cost  less

provision for impairment.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Foreign currency translation

The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling which is the Company’s functional and
presentation currency. Each entity in the Group determines its own functional currency and items included in the
financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency. Transactions in foreign currencies
are  initially  recorded  at  the  functional  currency  rate  ruling  at  the  date  of  the  transaction.  Monetary  assets  and
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the functional currency rate of exchange ruling at
the  statement  of  financial  position  date. All  differences  are  taken  to  the  income  statement. Non-monetary  items
measured at fair value in foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value
was determined.

The main functional currencies of the Group’s overseas subsidiaries are the US Dollar, the Euro, the Polish
Zloty  and  the  Brazilian  Real. As  at  the  reporting  date,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  overseas  subsidiaries  are
translated into the presentation currency of the Group at the rate of exchange ruling at the statement of financial
position date and their income statements are translated at the weighted average exchange rates for the year. The
exchange differences arising on the retranslation are taken directly to a separate component of equity. On disposal
of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative amount recognised in equity relating to that particular foreign operation
is recognised in the income statement.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Property, plant and equipment

Plant  and  equipment  is  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  accumulated  impairment  losses.

Such cost includes costs directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended.

Land and buildings are recognised initially at cost and thereafter carried at fair value less depreciation and
impairment  charged  subsequent  to  the  date  of  the  revaluation.  Fair  value  is  based  on  periodic  valuations  by  an
external independent valuer and is determined from market-based evidence by appraisal. Valuations are performed
frequently  enough  to  ensure  that  the  fair  value  of  a  revalued  asset  does  not  differ  materially  from  its  carrying
amount.

Any revaluation surplus is credited to the revaluation reserve in equity except to the extent that it reverses
a decrease in the carrying value of the same asset previously recognised in profit or loss, in which case the increase
is  recognised  in  the  income  statement. A  revaluation  deficit  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement,  except  to  the
extent of any existing surplus in respect of that asset in the revaluation reserve.

Additionally,  accumulated  depreciation  as  at  revaluation  date  is  eliminated  against  the  gross  carrying
amount  of  the  asset  and  the  net  amount  is  restated  to  the  revalued  amount  of  the  asset.  Upon  disposal  any
revaluation reserve relating to the particular asset being sold is transferred to retained earnings.

Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land, at rates calculated
to write off the cost, less estimated residual value based on prices prevailing at the statement of financial position
date, of each asset evenly over its expected useful life as follows:

Property other than freehold land – over 50 years

Plant and machinery – over 3 to 10 years

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes

in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

19

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued

2

Accounting policies (continued)

Intangible assets

Intangible  assets  acquired  separately  are  measured  at  cost  on  initial  recognition.  Following  initial
recognition,  intangible  assets  are  carried  at  cost  less  any  accumulated  amortisation  and  impairment  losses.
Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalised development costs, are not capitalised and expenditure
is reflected in the income statement in the year in which the expenditure is incurred. The useful lives of intangible
assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment
whenever  there  is  an  indication  that  the  intangible  asset  may  be  impaired.  The  amortisation  period  and  the
amortisation  method  are  reviewed  at  least  at  each  financial  year  end.  Changes  in  the  expected  useful  life  or  the
expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset is accounted for by changing the
amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates.

The useful economic lives of each tangible asset with finite lives are as follows:-

Tradename – over 10 to 20 years

Design database – over 10 years

Customer relationships – over 8 to 10 years

Software costs – over 3 to 5 years

Non - compete agreement – over 3 years

Order backlog – over 1 year

Development costs – over 5 years

The only intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are goodwill and these assets are tested for impairment
annually  either  individually  or  at  the  cash  generating  unit  level  and  are  not  amortised.  The  useful  life  of  an
intangible  asset  with  an  indefinite  life  is  reviewed  annually  to  determine  whether  indefinite  life  assessment
continues to be supportable. If not, the change in the useful life assessment from indefinite to finite is made on a
prospective basis. 

For  impairment  assessment  purposes,  assets  are  grouped  at  the  lowest  levels  for  which  there  are  largely
independent cash inflows (cash-generating units). As a result, some assets are tested individually for impairment
and  some  are  tested  at  cash-generating  unit  level.  Goodwill  is  allocated  to  those  cash-generating  units  that  are
expected to benefit from synergies of a related business combination and represent the lowest level within the Group
at which management monitors goodwill.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the
net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the income statement when the
asset is derecognised.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Leased assets - operating leases

Where  the  Group  is  a  lessee,  payments  on  operating  lease  agreements  are  recognised  as  an  expense  on  a

straight line basis over the lease term.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Research and development

Costs relating to research are charged to the income statement as incurred.

Costs  that  are  directly  attributable  to projects’ development  phase  are  recognised  as  intangible  assets,

provided they meet the following recognition requirements:

the development costs can be measured reliably.

the project is technically and commercially feasible.

the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to complete the project.

the Group has the ability to use or sell the asset.

the asset will generate probable future economic benefits.

Development costs not meeting these criteria for capitalisation are expensed as incurred.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

20

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued

2

Accounting policies (continued)

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of historic cost and net realisable value.

Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition is accounted for as follows:

Raw materials — purchase cost on a first-in, first-out basis.

Finished goods and work in progress — cost of direct materials and labour and a proportion of manufacturing

overheads based on normal operating capacity but excluding borrowing costs.

Net  realisable  value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  less  estimated  costs

necessary to make the sale.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables, which generally have 30 day terms, are recognised and carried at original invoice amount
less an allowance for any uncollectable amounts based on expected credit losses. These are the expected shortfalls
in contractual cash flows, considering the potential for default at any point during the lifetime of the receivable. The
Group use it’s historical experience, external indicators and forward looking information to make this assessment.
Trade receivables are classified as financial assets measured as amortised cost (previously classified as loans and
receivables under IAS 39).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Treasury shares

Own shares held by the Company and Group are classified in equity and are recognised at cost. No gain or

loss is recognised on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Group’s own equity instruments.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank, on short term deposit

and in hand.

For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash

equivalents as defined above.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are initially regarded at their fair value and thereafter at amortised cost using the
effective interest rate method. Trade payables are classified as financial liabilities at amortised cost under IFRS 9
(previously classified as financial liabilities at amortised cost under IAS 39).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Pension schemes

The  cost  of  providing  benefits  under  the  defined  benefit  plan  is  determined  using  the  projected  unit  credit
method, which attributes entitlement to benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost) and to the
current  and  prior  periods  (to  determine  the  present  value  of  defined  benefit  obligation)  and  is  based  on  actuarial
advice. Past service costs are recognised in the income statement immediately. When a settlement (eliminating all
obligations  for  benefits  already  accrued)  or  a  curtailment  (reducing  future  obligations  as  a  result  of  a  material
reduction  in  the  scheme  membership  or  a  reduction  in  future  entitlement)  occurs  the  obligation  and  related  plan
assets are remeasured using current actuarial assumptions and the resultant gain or loss recognised in the income
statement during the period in which the settlement or curtailment occurs.

The interest element of the defined benefit cost represents the change in present value of scheme obligations
resulting from the passage of time, and is determined by applying the discount rate to the opening present value of
the benefit obligation, taking into account material changes in the obligation during the year. Remeasurement gains
and losses are recognised in full in the statement of recognised income and expense in the period in which they occur.
Actual gains/losses less amount included in net interest costs are included in other comprehensive income. 

21

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

2

Accounting policies (continued)

Pension schemes (continued)

The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the statement of financial position comprises the total for each
plan  of  the  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit  obligation  (using  a  discount  rate  based  on  high  quality  corporate
bonds) less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to be settled directly. Fair value is based on
market price information and in the case of quoted securities is the published bid price. The value of a net pension
benefit  asset  is  restricted  to  the  sum  of  the  present  value  of  any  amount  the  Group  expects  to  recover  by  way  of
refunds from the plan or reductions in the future contributions.

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised in the income statement in the period in which

they become payable.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured
as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value and the amount of any
non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The choice of measurement of non-controlling interest, either at fair value
or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets is determined on a transaction by transaction
basis. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed and included in administrative expenses.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate
classification  and  designation  in  accordance  with  the  contractual  terms,  economic  circumstances  and  pertinent
conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts by the
acquiree. 

Any  contingent  consideration  to  be  transferred  by  the  acquirer  will  be  recognised  at  fair  value  at  the
acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration which is deemed to be an asset
or liability will be recognised in accordance with IFRS 9 either in the income statement or in other comprehensive
income. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it should not be remeasured until it is finally settled
within equity.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost being the excess of the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of
the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for the non-controlling interest (and where the business
combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in
the acquiree) over the net identifiable amounts of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in exchange for the
business  combination.  Assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  in  transactions  separate  to  the  business
combinations, such as the settlement of pre-existing relationships or post-acquisition remuneration arrangements
are accounted for separately from the business combination in accordance with their nature and applicable IFRSs.
Identifiable intangible assets, meeting either the contractual-legal or separability criterion are recognised separately
from  goodwill.  Contingent  liabilities  representing  a  present  obligation  are  recognised  if  the  acquisition-  date  fair
value can be measured reliably.

If the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised
for the non-controlling interest (and where the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair
value  of  the  acquirer’s  previously  held  equity  interest  in  the  acquiree)  is  lower  than  the  fair  value  of  the  assets,
liabilities and contingent liabilities and the fair value of any pre-existing interest held in the business acquired, the
difference is recognised in the income statement.

After  initial  recognition,  goodwill  is  measured  at  cost  less  any  accumulated  impairment  losses.  For  the
purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated
to each of the Group’s cash-generating units (or groups of cash-generating units) that are expected to benefit from
the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units. Each
unit or group of units to which goodwill is allocated shall represent the lowest level within the entity at which the
goodwill  is  monitored  for  internal  management  purposes  and  not  be  larger  than  an  operating  segment  before
aggregation.

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of,
the  goodwill  associated  with  the  operation  disposed  of  is  included  in  the  carrying  amount  of  the  operation  when
determining  the  gain  or  loss  on  disposal  of  the  operation.  Goodwill  disposed  of  in  this  circumstance  is  measured
based on the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

22

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

2

Accounting policies (continued)

Revenue

Revenue arises from the following services provided to customers and sale of products:

The design and manufacture of defence equipment (Defence).

The manufacture of fork-arms and open die forgings (Forgings).

The design, manufacture and construction of petrol station superstructures (Petrol Station Superstructures).

The  design,  restyling,  production  and  installation  of  the  complete  appearance  of  petrol  station
superstructures and forecourts (Petrol Station Branding).

To determine whether to recognise revenue, the Group follows the five steps required when applying IFRS 15:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Identifying the contract with the customer.

Identifying the separate performance obligations specified within each contract.

Determining the transaction price specified within each contract.

Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligation identified.

Recognising revenue once the performance obligation have been satisfied.

Revenue is recognised either at a point in time or over time, when the performance obligations are satisfied.

The  Group  recognises  contract  liabilities  (progress  payments)  for  consideration  received  in  respect  of

unsatisfied performance obligations and reports these as other liabilities in the Statement of financial position.

Revenues classified as sale of goods are recognised at the point in time when the goods are delivered. Revenue
classified as contract revenue includes revenue recognised at the point in time when the performance obligation has
been satisfied. Certain contracts include terms which mean that revenue is recognised over time. The cash flow for
this  consideration  from  these  contracts  may  be  received  in  respect  of  unsatisfied  performance  obligations  and  in
respect of satisfied performance obligations.

Revenues classified as rendering of services includes contracts with customers. Revenue is only recognised

once the customer has received the benefit of the full service.

Defence

The Group enters into contracts with its customers to provide defence equipment. The contracts may contain
multiple performance obligations for the delivery of a number of products. Each product is identifiable and separable
from the other products included in the contract.

The Group recognises revenue for these at a point in time, when the goods have been delivered and the control

of the goods has transferred to the customer.

As part of the contracts entered into, customers may make payments to the Group in advance of the goods
being delivered. These are classified as progress payments and are contract liabilities which are only recognised as
revenue once the performance obligation has been satisfied.

Forgings

Revenue from the sale of fork-arms and open die forgings is recognised upon delivery of the products, when
or as the Group transfers control of the products to the customer. Customers are invoiced once control of the product
has transferred to the customer.

Petrol Station Superstructures

The Group enters into contracts with its customers to provide petrol station superstructures. The contracts

contain a single performance obligation for the delivery of the product.

The Group assesses each contract to determine whether revenue should be recognised at a point in time, when
the  product  is  delivered  to  the  customer,  or  recognised  over  time,  when  the  contracts  stipulate  that  the  Group  is
entitled to reward for performance to date. In order to establish the entitlement for performance to date, the Group
considers if it has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date and the Group’s performance
to date does not create an asset with an alternative use to the Group. The majority of contracts have revenue which
is measured at a point in time.

23

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

2

Accounting policies (continued)

Revenue (continued)

As part of the contracts entered into, customers may make payments to the Group in advance of the delivery
of the product. These are classified as progress payments and are contract liabilities which are only recognised as
revenue once the performance obligation has been satisfied.

Petrol Station Branding

The  Group  enters  into  contracts  with  its  customers  to  perform  the  re-imaging  of  petrol  station  forecourts.

Additional engagements include the repair and maintenance of images on petrol station forecourts.

Control of the goods does not pass to the customer until either the goods are delivered to site for material only
projects, or on completion of installation for materials and installation projects. Accordingly, revenue is recognised
at the point in time when this occurs.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Government grants

Government grants are recognised where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and
all attaching conditions will be complied with. When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognised as income
over the period necessary to match the grant on a systematic basis to the costs that it is intended to compensate.
Where the grant relates to an asset, the fair value is credited to a deferred income account and is released to the
income statement over the expected useful life of the relevant asset by equal annual instalments.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Taxes

Income tax is charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income or equity if it relates to items that
are credited or charged to, respectively, other comprehensive income or equity. Otherwise income tax is recognised
in the income statement.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Current tax

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to
be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are
those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Deferred tax

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and

liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, with the following exceptions:

where the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a
transaction that is not a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting
nor taxable profit or loss;

in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint
ventures, where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable
that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

deferred  income  tax  assets  are  recognised  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that  taxable  profit  will  be
available against which the deductible temporary differences, carried forward tax credits or tax losses can be
utilised;

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are
expected to apply when the related asset is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted or
substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Dividends payable

Dividends  are  recognised  when  they  become  legally  payable.  In  the  case  of  interim  dividends  this  is  when

paid, in the case of final dividends this is when approved by the shareholders.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

24

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

2

Accounting policies (continued)

Share-based payments 

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of
the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted and is recognised as an expense over the vesting period,
which ends on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award. Judgement is required
in determining the most appropriate valuation model for a grant of equity instruments, depending on the terms and
conditions of the grant. Management are also required to use judgement in determining the most appropriate inputs
to the valuation model including expected life of the option, volatility and dividend yield.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

New Standards adopted as at 1st January, 2018

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ and the related ‘Clarifications to IFRS 15 Revenue from
Contracts  with  Customers’ (hereinafter  referred  to  as  ‘IFRS  15’)  replace  IAS  18  ‘Revenue’,  IAS  11  ‘Construction
Contracts’, and several revenue-related Interpretations. The new Standard has been applied retrospectively without
restatement, with the cumulative effect of initial application recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of
retained earnings at 1st January, 2018.

Previously  the  Group  recognised  revenue  on  contracts  within  the  Petrol  Station  Superstructures division
based  on  the  stage  of  completion  of  site  activity.  On  applying  IFRS  15,  revenue  on  these  contracts  has  been
reassessed to determine which contracts meet the criteria for recognising revenue over time and which contracts are
now recognising revenue at a point in time. This has an effect on the timing of recognising revenue and profits so
that certain contracts now recognised revenue at the point in time when the contract has been completed. There is
no impact on cash flows.

IFRS  15  Revenue  from  contracts  with  customers  has  been  adopted  and  applied  retrospectively  without
restatement, with the cumulative effect of initial application recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of
retained  earnings  at  28th  April,  2018.  Previously,  revenue  on  certain  contracts  within  the  Petrol  Station
Superstructures division  was  recognised  based  on  the  stage  of  completion  of  site  activity.  On  applying  IFRS  15,
revenue on these contracts will be recognised at the point in time when the contract is completed. The effect of this
change  was  a  reduction  of  retained  earnings  of  £144,000  as  at  28th April,  2018,  being  the  net  of  a  reduction  in
revenue  of  £488,000  and  an  increase  in  work  in  progress  of  £344,000,  with  a  balance  sheet  effect  of  increasing
inventories by £344,000, reducing receivables by £22,000 and payables by £466,000. 

Revenue and profits in all other divisions in the Group have not been impacted by IFRS 15.

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’

IFRS 9 replaces IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. It makes major changes to
the previous guidance on the classification and measurement of financial assets and introduces an ‘expected credit
loss’ model for the impairment of financial assets.

Financial assets previously measured under IAS 39 as loans and receivables are now categorised under IFRS

9 as amortised cost.

When adopting IFRS 9, the Group has applied transitional relief and opted not to restate prior periods. Any
differences arising from the adoption of IFRS 9 in relation to classification, measurement, and impairment are to be
recognised in retained earnings. No difference arose on the transition to IFRS 9 for the measurement of financial
assets and financial liabilities.

Standards, amendments and Interpretations to existing Standards that are not yet effective and have not been
adopted early by the Group

At  the  date  of  authorisation  of  these  financial  statements,  several  new,  but  not  yet  effective,  Standards,
amendments to existing Standards, and Interpretations have been published by the IASB. None of these Standards,
amendments or Interpretations have been adopted early by the Group.

25

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

2

Accounting policies (continued)

New Standards adopted as at 1st January, 2018 (continued)

Title

IFRS 3

IAS 1/IAS 8

IFRS 16

IFRIC 23

Full title of Standard of Interpretation

Effective for
accounting periods
beginning on or after

IFRS 3 Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3)

1st January, 2020

Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8)

1st January, 2020

Leases

Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

1st January, 2020

1st January, 2020

IAS 12/IAS 23/IFRS 3/IFRS 11

Annual improvements to IFRS Standards 2015-2017 cycle

1st January, 2020

The effective dates stated above are those given in the original IASB/IFRIC standards and interpretations.
As  the  Group  prepares  its  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  IFRS  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union,  the
application of new standards and interpretations will be subject to having been endorsed for use in the EU via the
EU endorsement mechanism. In the majority of cases, this will result in an effective date consistent with that given
in  the  original  standard  or  interpretation  but  the  need  for  endorsements  restricts  the  Group’s  discretion  to  early
adopt standards.

Management anticipates that all relevant pronouncements will be adopted for the first period beginning on
or after the effective date of the pronouncement. New standards, amendments and interpretations neither adopted
nor listed below have not been disclosed as they are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial
statements.

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’

IFRS 16 will replace IAS 17 ‘Leases’ and three related Interpretations.

The  Group  will  be  adopting  IFRS 16  with  effect  from  28th  April,  2019  using  the  standard’s  modified
retrospective approach. Under this approach, the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 16 is recognised as an
adjustment to equity at the date of initial application. Comparative information is not restated.

Management  have  identified  that  there  are  two  property  leases  and  a  minimal  number  of  motor  vehicles

which the Group would need to recognise rights of use and related lease liabilities from these particular assets.

At 27th April, 2019 the future minimum lease rentals for these assets amounted to £864,000. This means that
with effect from 28th April, 2019 the nature of the expense of the above lease costs will change from being treated
as an operating lease and expensed in the financial year incurred to depreciation of a right of use asset and related
interest expense.

Management conclude that as a result of the change in the accounting treatment of these particular leases
there will not be a significant effect on the annual consolidated income statements over the duration of the leases.

All other leases will continue to be treated as short term leases and be expensed in the financial year the costs

are incurred.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

3

Revenue

2019
£000

2018
£000

Sale of goods
55,291 
12,159 
Contract revenues
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
67,450 
635 
Rendering of services
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
Goods and services transferred at a point in time
68,085 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

77,266
442

61,447
15,819

77,708

26

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

4

Segment information

The  following  table  presents  revenue  and  profit  and  certain  assets  and  liability  information  regarding  the
Group’s divisions for the periods ended 27th April, 2019 and 28th April, 2018. The reporting format is determined
by the differences in manufacture and services provided by the Group. The Defence division is engaged in the design,
manufacture and service of defence equipment. The Forgings division is engaged in the manufacture of forgings. The
Petrol Station Superstructure division is engaged in the design, manufacture, construction, branding, maintenance
and restyling of petrol station superstructures. The Petrol Station Branding division is engaged in the design and
installation of the complete appearance of petrol stations.

Management  monitors  the  operating  results  of  its  business  units  separately  for  the  purpose  of  making
decisions  about  resource  allocation  and  performance  assessment. Group  financing  (including  finance  costs  and
finance revenue) and income taxes are managed on a group basis and are not allocated to operating segments.

Defence

2019
£000

2018
£000

Forgings
2018
£000

2019
£000

Petrol Station
Superstructures

2019
£000

2018
£000

Petrol Station
Branding
2018
£000

2019
£000

Total

2019
£000

2018
£000

– 

– 

– 

17

142

199

676

226

450

2,600

2,172

1,745

2,836

(536) 2,055

Revenue
26,678 21,900 15,695 14,336 15,871 12,236 19,464 19,613 77,708 68,085 
From external customers
From other segments
341 
– 
22222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
Segment revenue
26,678 21,900 15,695 14,336 16,321 12,435 19,690 19,755 78,384 68,426 
22222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
4,253 
Segment result
(442)
–
Past service pension costs
Net finance costs
(214)
222 222
22222222222
4,039 
Profit before taxation
Taxation
(653)
222 222
22222222222
Profit for the period
3,386 
222 222
22222222222
9,291 10,005 59,008 64,923 
Segmental assets
Unallocated assets (see below)
5,218 
11,429
222 222
22222222222
70,437 70,141 
Total assets
222 222
22222222222
4,402 32,761 27,679 
Segmental liabilities
Unallocated liabilities (see below)
9,062 
1,878
222 222
22222222222
34,639 36,741 
Total liabilities
222 222
22222222222
908
Capital expenditure
406
Depreciation
1,627 
517
22222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

6,194
(1,198)
(209)

29,942 40,801

19,500 19,329

5,272 10,787

4,787
(975)

787
1,447

196
488

118
365

211
365

18
154

530
480

149
628

67
77

8,988

6,125

3,812

4,330

2,806

1,978

8,845

1,970

Unallocated  assets  includes  certain  fixed  assets,  (including  all  UK  properties  – see  note  12(e))  intangible
assets, current assets and deferred tax assets. Unallocated liabilities includes the defined pension benefit scheme
liability and certain current liabilities.

27

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

4

Segment information (continued)

Geographical analysis

The  following  table  presents  revenue  and  expenditure  and  certain  assets  and  liabilities  information  by
geographical  segment  for  the  periods  ended  27th  April,  2019  and  28th  April,  2018. The  Group’s  geographical
segments  are  based  on  the  location  of  the  Group’s  assets.  Revenue  from  external  customers  is  based  on  the
geographical location of its customers.

United Kingdom
2019
£000

2018
£000

Europe

Americas Rest of the World

Total

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

Revenue
9,832 77,708 68,085 
External
– 26,065 26,751 
Non-current assets
3,832
– 44,372 43,390 
Current assets
7,670
– 34,640 36,741 
Liabilities
2,260
Capital expenditure
1,106 
–
190
22222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

30,755 24,914 33,143 25,803
4,203
17,637 18,322
8,499
34,301 32,724
4,256
31,701 32,076
216
586

7,536
4,226
2,167
409
304

4,238
–
–
–
–

9,572
4,596
2,401
679
351

891

350

Information about major customers

Revenue from major customers arising from sales reported in the Defence segment:

Customer 1
Customer 1

Revenue from major customers arising from sales reported in the
Petrol Station Branding segment:

2019
£000

10,871
–

2018
£000

–
7,137 

–
14,761 
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Customer 1
Customer 1

11,905
–

5

Group operating profit

This is stated after charging:
Fees payable to the Group’s auditor and associates

For the audit of the Group’s financial statements
For the audit of the Group’s subsidiary companies’ financial statements
For audit related services

Fees payable to the Group’s previous auditor

For the audit of the Group’s financial statements
For other assurance services
For taxation services

Depreciation – owned assets
Amortisation of intangible assets
(Reversal)/impairment of uncertain indirect tax receivable
Foreign exchange gains
Hire of plant and machinery
Other operating leases – minimum lease payments
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Research and development costs

2019
£000

66
75
14

–
–
–

1,318
375
(615)
6
1,707
360
38,570
958

2018
£000

–
–
–

109 
23 
70 

1,266 
507 
615 
147 
1,749 
351 
37,027 
1,120

Total administrative expenses are included within Group operating profit. This includes administrative
expenses and the separately disclosed past service pension costs.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

28

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

6

Employee Information

The average number of employees, including executive directors, during the period was:

2019
Number

2018
Number

Production
Technical
Distribution
Administration

251 
69 
33 
78
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
431 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

264
65
27
91

447

(a)

Staff costs

Including executive directors, employment costs were as follows:

2019
£000

2018
£000

Wages and salaries
Social Security costs
Other pension costs   

16,029 
1,850 
637 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
18,516
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

17,609
1,934
666

20,209

(b)

Directors’ emoluments

2019
£000

2018
£000

Aggregate directors' emoluments (note 27)
Post employment benefits

1,431 
37
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
1,468
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

1,672
47

1,719

Director’s emoluments are considered further within the Directors remuneration report presented on pages

58 and 59.
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

7

Net finance costs

2019
£000

(87)
(29)
93

(23)

2018
£000

(82)
–  

(31) 

Bank interest cost
Other interest
Bank interest revenue

51
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

8

Past service pension costs

2019
£000

2018
£000

Guaranteed minimum pension equalisation adjustment (note 21)

–  
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
–
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

(1,198)

(1,198)

29

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

9 (a) Taxation

The charge for taxation comprises:

2019
£000

2018
£000

Current tax
United Kingdom corporation tax
Adjustments in respect of previous years
Foreign corporation tax

–  
33 
682 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
715 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Group current tax

540
(16)
635

1,159

Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustments in respect of prior years

(62)
–  
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
(62)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
653 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Group deferred tax (note 15)

Tax on profit

(247)
63

(184)

975

Tax relating to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income
Deferred tax
Deferred tax on measurement gains on pension scheme current year
Deferred tax on revaluation surplus on land and buildings

146 
254 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
400 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Income tax in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

69
–

69

9 (b) Factors affecting the tax charge for the year

The tax assessed for the period differs to the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK (19%) (2018 – 19%).

The differences are explained below:

Profit before tax

2018
£000
4,039 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
767 
(288)
141 
33 
–  
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
653 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Profit multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax of 19%  (2018 - 19%)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Adjustments in respect of overseas tax rates
Current tax adjustment in respect of prior periods
Deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior periods

910
(102)
120
(16)
63

Total tax charge for the period

2019
£000
4,787

975

9 (c) Factors affecting future tax charge

The UK corporation tax rate will remain at 19% until it reduces to 17% in 2020.  At 27th April, 2019 the rate
reductions to 17% had been enacted.  Deferred tax at 27th April, 2019 has therefore been provided at 17% or at a
blended  rate  depending  on  when  the  underlying  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  unwind.    Deferred  tax  in
relation  to  intangibles  recognised  on  the  acquisition  of  Petrol  Sign  bv  has  been  provided  at  25%  being  the  main
corporation tax rate in The Netherlands.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

10

Earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on:

(a

(b)

Profit for the period attributable to equity holders of the parent of £3,812,000 (2018 – £3,386,000).

16,504,691 (2018 – 16,504,691) Ordinary shares, being the weighted average number of Ordinary
shares in issue.

This  represents  18,396,073  (2018  –  18,396,073)  being  the  weighted  average  number  of  Ordinary  shares  in
issue less 1,891,382 (2018 – less 1,891,382) being the weighted average number of shares both held within the ESOT
245,048 (2018 – 245,048) and purchased by the Company 1,646,334 (2018 – 1,646,334).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

30

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

11

Dividends paid and proposed

Declared and paid during the year
On Ordinary shares
Final dividend for 2018 : 6.50p  (2017 – 6.50p)
Interim dividend for 2019 : 1.75p (2018 – 1.75p)

1,073 
289 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
1,362 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

1,073
289

1,362

Proposed for approval by shareholders at the AGM
Final dividend for 2019 : 6.50p (2018 – 6.50p)

1,073 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

1,073

2019
£000

2018
£000

12

Property, plant and equipment

Freehold
property
£000

Plant and
equipment
£000

(a)

Group
Cost or valuation
At 29th April, 2017
Additions
Disposals
Revaluation
Exchange differences

15,751 
1,106
(1,182)
–
(139)
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
15,536 
891 
(842)
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
15,585 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018
Additions
Disposals
Exchange differences

16,010 
–
–
1,555 
(31)

17,534 
–
–
172 

At 27th April, 2019

17,706 

Accumulated depreciation
At 29th April, 2017
Depreciation charge for the period
Disposals
Revaluation
Exchange differences

12,105 
979 
(1,138)
–
4 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
11,950 
1,009 
(723)
(33)
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
12,203 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
3,382 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
3,586 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018
Depreciation charge for the period
Disposals
Exchange differences

Net book value at 27th April, 2019

Net book value at 28th April, 2018

557 
287 
–
(497)
7 

354 
309 
–
(1)

At 27th April, 2019

17,180 

17,044 

662 

Analysis of cost or valuation
At professional valuation 2018
At cost

–
15,585 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
15,585 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 27th April, 2019

12,300 
5,406 

17,706 

Analysis of cost or valuation
At professional valuation 2018
At cost

–
15,536 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
15,536 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018

12,300 
5,234 

17,534 

31

Total
£000

31,761
1,106
(1,182)
1,555
(170)
222
33,070
891
(842)
172
222
33,291
222

12,662
1,266
(1,138)
(497)
11
222
12,304
1,318
(723)
(34)
222
12,865
222
20,426
222
20,766
222

12,300
20,991
222
33,291
222

12,300
20,770
222
33,070
222

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

12

Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Freehold
property
£000

Plant and
equipment
£000

(b)

Company
Cost or valuation
At 29th April, 2017
Additions
Disposals
Transfer to MSI-Defence Systems Ltd. (note 14)
Revaluation

13,451 
568 
(615)
(3,069)
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
10,335 
284 
(859)
(477)
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
9,283
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018
Additions
Disposals
Transfer to MS INTERNATIONAL Estates Ltd. (note 12(e))

10,950 
–
–
–
1,350 

12,300 
–
–
(12,300)

At 27th April, 2019

–

Accumulated depreciation
At 29th April, 2017
Depreciation charge for the period
Disposals
Transfer to MSI-Defence Systems Ltd. (note 14)
Revaluation

11,309 
562 
(594)
(2,685)
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
8,592 
551 
(743)
(382)
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
8,018 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
1,265 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
1,743 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018
Depreciation charge for the period
Disposals
Transfer to MS INTERNATIONAL Estates Ltd. (note 12(e))

Net book value at 27th April, 2019

Net book value at 28th April, 2018

439 
146 
–
–
(585)

At 27th April, 2019

12,300 

–
–
–
–

–

–

Analysis of cost or valuation
At professional valuation 2019
At cost

–
9,283 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
9,283 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 27th April, 2019

–
–

–

Analysis of cost or valuation
At professional valuation 2018
At cost

–
10,335 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
10,335 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018

12,300 
–

12,300 

Total
£000

24,401
568
(615)
(3,069)
1,350
222
22,635
284
(859)
(12,777)
222
9,283
222

11,748
708
(594)
(2,685)
(585)
222
8,592
551
(743)
(382)
222
8,018
222
1,265
222
14,043
222

–
9,283
222
9,283
222

12,300
10,335
222
22,635
222

(c)

(d)

Depreciation has not been charged on freehold land which is included at a book value of £5,170,652 (2018 –
£5,170,652) Company £Nil (2018 – £3,655,652) at 27th April, 2019.

On 11th November, 2018, 26th July, 2017 and 28th March, 2018 the Group’s land and buildings, which consist
of manufacturing and office facilities in the UK, Poland and USA were valued by Dove Haigh Phillips (UK),
KonSolid-Nieruchomosci (Poland) and Real Estate & Appraisal Services Inc. (USA). Management determined
that these constitute one class of asset under IFRS 13 (designated as level 3 fair value assets), based on the
nature, characteristics and risks of the properties.

If  land  and  buildings  were  valued  using  the  cost  method,  carrying  amounts  would  be  £11,292,000  (2018 –
£11,121,000) at 27th April, 2019.

32

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

12

Property, plant and equipment (continued)

The UK properties were valued on the basis of an existing use value in accordance with the Appraisal and
Valuation Standards (5th Edition) published by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors. The Poland property
was valued based on the income approach, converting anticipated future benefits in the form of rental income into
present value. The USA property was valued on an income and market value basis. For all properties, there is no
difference between current use and highest and best use.

The valuation of the UK properties has been processed in the financial statements. The Poland property and
the  USA  property  valuations  were  sufficiently  close  to  their  carrying  value  such  that  the  valuations  were  not
processed.

(e)

On  30th  April,  2018,  the  freehold  property  in  the  UK  was  transferred  from  the  Company  to  MS
INTERNATIONAL Estates Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group, at the balance sheet value as at 28th
April,  2018.  In  addition  certain  plant  and  equipment  relating  to  the  maintenance  and  functioning  of  the
freehold property was transferred from the Company to MS INTERNATIONAL Estates Ltd at net book value.
This  transfer  has  resulted  in  the  transfer  of  the  revaluation  reserve  of  £6,055,000  to  other  reserves  in  the
Company.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

13

Intangible assets

Goodwill
£000

Trade
name
£000

Design
database
£000

Non-

Customer
complete relationship
£000

£000

Order Development
costs
£000

backlog
£000

Software
costs
£000

Group
£000

Group
Cost
At 29th April, 2017
Exchange differences

Amortisation
At 29th April, 2017
Amortisation during
the year
Exchange differences

At 28th April, 2018
Amortisation during
the year
Exchange differences

2,749 
31 

1,370 
8,703
–
123
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
8,826

1,370 
–
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
8,770
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

At 28th April, 2018
Exchange differences

At 27th April, 2019

2,643 
(32)

1,044 
(3)

2,780 
(16)

2,571 
72 

1,036 
8 

328 
(4)

319 
9 

279 
–

330 
–

279 
–

330 
–

52 
(1)

49 
3 

1,370 

1,041 

2,764 

2,611 

279 

330 

324 

51 

(56)  

–

330 

948 

30 

1,166 

319 

279 

330 

3,402

137 
507
–
24
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
3,933

291 
12 

61 
2 

18 
1 

1,085 

1,469 

–
9 

328 

330 

279 

393 

49 

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

137 
–
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
4,287
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

At 27th April, 2019

174 
(13)

61 
(1)

–
(6)

3 
(1)

1,222 

1,630 

330 

279 

322 

453 

375
(21)  

51 

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

Net book value at
27th April, 2019

148 
4,483
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

2,764 

981 

588 

2 

–

–

–

Net book value at
28th April, 2018

285 
4,893
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

1,174 

2,780 

651 

3 

–

–

–

33

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

13

Intangible assets (continued)

Development
costs
£000

Software
costs
£000

Company
£000

Company
Cost
At 29th April, 2017
Transfer to MSI-Defence Ltd. (note 14)

330 
(245)
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
85 
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
85 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018
Additions

At 27th April, 2019

279 
(279)

–
–

–

Amortisation
At 29th April, 2017
Transfer to MSI-Defence Ltd. (note 14)

At 28th April, 2018
Amortisation during the year

330 
(245)
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
85 
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
85 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Net book value at 28th April, 2018

Net book value at 27th April, 2019

At 27th April, 2019

279 
(279)

–
–

–

–

–

609
(524)
222
85

–  
222
85
222

609
(524)
222
85

–  
222
85
222
–  
222
– 
222

Goodwill  acquired  through  business  combinations  and  licences  has  been  allocated  for  impairment  testing
purposes to the Petrol Station Superstructures division and the Petrol Station Branding division which are operating
segments.

Impairment testing

Goodwill considered significant in comparison to the Group’s total carrying amount of such assets has been

allocated to cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units as follows:

Goodwill
2019
£000

Goodwill
2018
£000

Petrol Station Superstructures division
Petrol Station Branding division

2,064
716
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
2,780
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Net book value

2,064
700

2,764

Group

The performance of the Petrol Station Superstructures division and the Petrol Station Branding division are

the lowest levels at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

At  the  year  end,  value  in  use  was  determined  by  discounting  the  future  cash  flows  generated  from  the

continuing operations of the divisions over the next 5 years and was based on the following key assumptions:

Detailed 5 year management forecast.

A growth in cashflows estimated for 5 years, and a growth rate of 2% assumed thereafter.

Cash flows were discounted at a rate of 17.87%. 

Based on the above assumptions, the value in use calculated for the Petrol Station Superstructures division
and the Petrol Station Branding division did not indicate the need for impairment. The growth rates used in the
value  in  use  calculation  reflect  management’s  expectations  for  the  business  based  upon  previous  experience  and
taking into consideration recent sales wins.

No reasonably possible changes in the assumptions used would give rise to an impairment.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

34

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

14

Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Principal subsidiary undertakings are set out on pages 60 and 61.

Company

At 28th April, 2018
Impairment in investment in MSI-Forks Garfos Industria Ltda
Impairment in investment in MSI-Defence Systems Inc.

2222222222222222222222222222

At 27th April, 2019

2222222222222222222222222222

Transfer of business

2019
£000

2019
£000

Cost

Impairment

2019
£000
Net book
value

(1,794)
(101)
(67)

16,998 
– 
– 

15,204 
(101)
(67)
2222 2222 2222
15,036 
2222 2222 2222

(1,962) 

16,998 

On  1st  May,  2017,  the  trade  and  certain  assets  of  the  Defence  division  of  MS  INTERNATIONAL  plc  were
transferred  to  MSI-Defence  Systems  Limited.  The  business  assets  and  liabilities  transferred  to  MSI-Defence
Systems Limited at 1st May, 2017 at book value were as follows:

Non-current assets
Fixed assets
Current assets
Inventories
Receivables
Cash at bank and in hand

2222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Payables: amounts falling due within one year

2222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Net current assets

2222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Net assets transferred

2222222222222222222222222222222222222222

2018
£000

383 

6,731 
6,093 
13,323 
222222
26,147 
18,335 
222222
7,812 
222222
8,195 
222222

The investing cash outflow arising on the above transfer of business totalled £5,127,000 being the net assets

transferred less the cash at bank and in hand transferred out.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

15

Deferred income tax

The deferred income tax included in the Consolidated income statement is:

2018
£000
(67)
79 
(108)
34 
– 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
(62)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Taxation deferred by capital allowances
Taxation on other temporary differences
Taxation on intangibles
Taxation on defined benefits pension
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

2019
£000
(16)
– 
(82)
(149)
63

(184)

35

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

15

Deferred income tax (continued)

The deferred income tax asset included in the Consolidated statement of financial position is:

Group

Company

Taxation on pension liability
Taxation deferred by capital allowances
Taxation on other temporary differences

222222222222222222222222

Deferred income tax asset

222222222222222222222222

The movements on the deferred tax liability are:

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

1,092 
– 
– 

1,156
– 
– 

1,156
55
30
2222 2222 2222
1,241
2222 2222 2222

1,092 

1,156

2018
£000

1,092 
– 
– 
222
1,092
222

Group
At 29th April, 2017
Included in Consolidated income statement
Included in the Company statement of comprehensive income

222222222222222222222222222222222222

At 28th April, 2018
Included in Consolidated income statement
Included in the Company statement of comprehensive income

222222222222222222222222222222222222

At 27th April, 2019

222222222222222222222222222222222222

Taxation on
pension liability
£000
1,272 
(34)
(146)
2222
1,092 
133 
(69)
2222
1,156
2222

At 29th April, 2017
Included in Consolidated income statement
Included in the Consolidated and company statement of
comprehensive income

2222222222222222222222222222222222

At 28th April, 2018
Included in Consolidated income statement
Included in the Consolidated and company statement of
comprehensive income
Reclassified to deferred tax asset

2222222222222222222222222222222222

At 27th April, 2019

2222222222222222222222222222222222

Taxation Taxation on

deferred by
capital
allowances
£000
– 
– 

other Taxation on
pension
liability
£000
1,272 
(34)

temporary
differences
£000
– 
– 

– 
2222
– 
– 

– 
55 
2222

55 
2222

– 
2222
– 
– 

– 
30 
2222

30 
2222

(146)
2222
1,092 
133 

(69)
– 
2222

1,156
2222

The deferred income tax liability included in the Consolidated statement of financial position is:

Group

Company

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

247 
(30)
471 
937 

277
(30)
383
937

– 
– 
– 
– 
2222 2222 2222
– 
2222 2222 2222

1,625 

1,567

2018
£000

247 
(30)
– 
937 
222
1,154
222

Taxation deferred by capital allowances
Taxation on other temporary differences
Taxation on intangible assets
Taxation on buildings revaluation

222222222222222222222222

Deferred income tax liability

222222222222222222222222

36

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

15

Deferred income tax (continued)
The movements on the deferred tax liability are:

Taxation
deferred by
capital
allowances

Taxation
on other
temporary
differences

£000
314 

£000
(109)

Taxation
on
intangible
assets
£000
561 

Taxation
on
buildings
revaluation

£000
683 

(67)

79 

(108)

– 

Total
£000
1,449

(96)

Group

At 29th April, 2017
Included in the Consolidated income
statement
Included in the Consolidated statement
of comprehensive income
Acquired on acquisition

At 28th April, 2018
Included in the Consolidated income
statement
Included in the Consolidated statement
of comprehensive income

272 
– 
22222222222222222222 222 222 222 222 222
1,625

471 

937 

247 

(30)

254 
– 

18 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

31 

(1)

(82)

– 

(52)

(6)
22222222222222222222 222 222 222 222 222
1,567
22222222222222222222 222 222 222 222 222

At 27th April, 2019

937 

278 

383 

(31)

(6)

– 

– 

– 

Taxation
deferred by
capital
allowances

Taxation
on other
temporary
differences

Taxation
on
buildings
revaluation

Taxation
on
intangible
assets
£000
–
– 
– 

Company

At 29th April, 2017
Included in the Company income statement
Included in other comprehensive income

Total
£000
911
12
231
22222222222222222222 222 222 222 222 222
1,154
54
(1,293)
85
22222222222222222222 222 222 222 222 222
– 
22222222222222222222 222 222 222 222 222

At 28th April, 2018
Included in the Company income statement
Transferred to group company
Reclassified to deferred tax asset

£000
314
(67)
– 

£000
(109)
79 
– 

£000
706
– 
231 

937 
– 
(937)
– 

247 
54 
(356)
55 

(30)
– 
– 
30 

At 27th April, 2019

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Deferred  taxation  has  been  provided  at  the  rate  enacted  at  the  balance  sheet  date  of  17%  except  for  the
deferred taxation relating to the amortised intangibles arising on the acquisition of Petrol Sign bv which has been
provided at 25%.

The Group and Company also have capital losses of £4,350,000 (2018 – £4,350,000).

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

16

Inventories

Group

Company

Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods

222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222

Inventory write downs during the year

222222222222222222222222

37

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

5,877 
5,268 
521 

5,593
6,641
390

744
610
108
2222 2222 2222
1,462
2222 2222 2222

11,666 

12,624

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

32
2222 2222 2222

155

33 

2018
£000

372 
545 
100 
222
1,017 
222

2018
£000

7  
222

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

17

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Retentions on contracts
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
Other receivables

222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222

Group

Company

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

6,913
113
– 
18

14,032 
568 
– 
17 

3,456
– 
19,029
4
2222 2222 2222
22,489
2222 2222 2222

14,617 

7,044

2018
£000

2,998 
22 
6,983 
– 
222
10,003 
222

The  aggregate  amount  of  costs  incurred  and  recognised  profits  to  date  on  contracts  is  £15,819,000  (2018  –
£12,159,000).

(a) Trade receivables are denominated in the following currencies.

Group

Company

Sterling
Euro
US dollar
Other currencies

222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

7,160 
5,961 
582 
329 

3,674
2,141
778
320

2,751
701
– 
4
2222 2222 2222
3,456
2222 2222 2222

14,032 

6,913

2018
£000

2,194 
812 
– 
(8) 

222
2,998 
222

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30 days terms and are shown net of provision
for impairment. The aged analysis of trade receivables after impairment is as follows:

Group

2019
2018

Total
£000

6,913 
14,032 

Not
past due
£000

< 30 days
£000

30-60 days
£000

60-90 days
£000

> 90 days
£000

6,245 
9,377 

505 
4,446 

148 
142 

13 
24 

2 
43 

As at 27th April, 2019 trade receivables at a nominal value of £105,000 (2018 – £97,000) were impaired and
fully  provided.  Bad  debts  of  £65,000  (2018  –  £15,000)  were  recovered  and  bad  debts  of  £52,000  (2018  –
£28,000) were incurred.

Company

2019
2018

2,764 
2,998 

2,649 
2,172 

40 
808 

81 
17 

– 
– 

(6) 
1

As at 27th April, 2019 trade receivables at a nominal value of £51,000 (2018 – £32,000) were impaired and
fully provided. Bad debts of £20,000 (2018 – £11,000) were recovered and bad debts of £39,000 (2018 – £6,000)
were incurred.

(b) Retentions on contracts are denominated in the following currencies.

Group

Company

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

568 
– 
– 
– 

113
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
2222 2222 2222
– 
2222 2222 2222

568 

113

2018
£000

22 
– 
– 
– 
222
22 
222

Sterling
Euro
US dollar
Other currencies

222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222

38

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

17

Trade and other receivables (continued)

Retentions on contracts are non-interest bearing and represent amounts contractually retained by customers
on completion of contracts for specific time periods as follows:

Group

2019
2018

Company

2019
2018

Total
£000

113 
568 

– 
22 

Up to 6 
months
£000

93 
546 

– 
– 

6-12 
months
£000

12-18 
months
£000

18-24
months
£000

20 
22 

– 
22 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
–

– 
–

(c)  Intercompany receivables

All amounts due from Group companies are repayable on demand and are not charged interest. The majority
of intercompany balances are to group entities with liquid assets and are capable of being repaid on demand.

There  are  loans  to  MS  INTERNATIONAL Estates  Limited,  which  although  repayable  on  demand,  are
supported by properties which will not be immediately realisable. The Directors have assessed the likelihood
of default and the loss in the event of default as well as the balance at the reporting date and conclude that
there is no material impairment of the receivable.

The amounts receivable at the year end can be categorised as:

Amounts due from companies backed by liquid assets
Amounts due from MS INTERNATIONAL Estates Limited

222222222222222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222222222222222

18

Cash and cash equivalents/bank overdraft

2019 
£000

7,219
11,810
2222
19,029
2222

Group

Company

Cash at bank and in hand
Short term deposits
Bank overdraft

222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222

19

Issued capital

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

17,151
5,735
– 

– 
– 
(582)
2222 2222 2222

7,504 
8,362 
– 

22,886

(582)
2222 2222 2222

15,866 

2018
£000

– 
– 
(342)
222
(342)
222

Group

Company

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

3,500

3,500 

3,500

3,500 

Ordinary shares at 10p each
Authorised – 35,000,000 (2018 – 35,000,000)
Allotted, issued and fully paid – 18,396,073
(2018 – 18,396,073)

1,840 
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

1,840 

1,840

1,840

39

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

20

Reserves

Share capital

The  balance  classified  as  share  capital  includes  the  nominal  value  on  issue  of  the  Company's  equity  share

capital, comprising 10p Ordinary shares.

Capital redemption reserve

The balance classified as capital redemption reserve represents the nominal value of issued share capital of

the Company, repurchased.

Other reserves – Company

Following the transfer of assets held at valuation by the Company, to a subsidiary company, a reserve has

been created which is non-distributable. This is equal to the revaluation reserve previously arising. 

Additionally it includes the non-distributable retained reserve for the revaluation reserve previously showing

in the company for properties now transferred to other members of the Group.

Revaluation reserve

The asset revaluation reserve is used to record increases in the fair value of land and buildings and decreases
to the extent that such decrease relates to an increase on the same assets previously recognised in equity. This also
includes the impact of the change in the prior year for the related deferred tax due to the change in corporation tax
(18% to 17%).

Share premium account

The balance classified as special reserve represents the share premium on the issue of the Company's equity

share capital.

Currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation
of the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries. It is also used to record the effect of hedging net investments in
foreign operations.

Treasury shares

2019
£000

2018
£000

Employee Share Ownership Trust
Shares in treasury (see below)

100 
2,959 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
3,059 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

100
2,959

3,059

During  1991  the  Company  established  an  Employee  Share  Ownership  Trust  (“ESOT”).  The  trustee  of  the
ESOT is Appleby Trust (Jersey) Ltd, an independent company registered in Jersey. The ESOT provides for the issue
of options over Ordinary shares in the Company to Group employees, including executive directors, at the discretion
of the Remuneration Committee.

The  trust  has  purchased  an  aggregate  245,048  (2018  –  245,048)  Ordinary  shares,  which  represents  1.3%
(2018 – 1.3%) of the issued share capital of the Company at an aggregate cost of £100,006. The market value of the
shares at 27th April, 2019 was £505,000 (2018 – £453,000). The Company has made payments of £Nil (2018 – £Nil)
into the ESOT bank accounts during the period. No options over shares (2018 – Nil) have been granted during the
period. Details of the outstanding share options for Directors are included in the Directors’ remuneration report.

The  assets,  liabilities,  income  and  costs  of  the  ESOT  have  been  incorporated  into  the  Company’s  financial
statements.  Total  ESOT  costs  charged  to  the  income  statement  in  the  period  amounts  to  £7,000  (2018  –  £7,000).
During the period no options on shares were exercised (2018 – Nil) and no shares were purchased (2018 – Nil).

The Company made the following purchases of its own 10p Ordinary shares to be held in Treasury: 

11th December, 2013 1,000,000 shares from the Group’s pension scheme
30th January, 2014 646,334 shares

1,722 
1,237 
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
2,959 
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

£000

40

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

21

Pension liability

The Company operates an employee defined benefits scheme called the MS INTERNATIONAL plc Retirement
and Death Benefits Scheme (the Scheme). IAS 19 requires disclosure of certain information about the Scheme
as follows:-

Until 5th April, 1997 the Scheme provided defined benefits and these liabilities remain in respect of
service prior to 6th April, 1997. From 6th April, 1997 until 31st May, 2007 the Scheme provided future
service benefits on a defined contribution basis.

The  last  formal  valuation  of  the  Scheme  was  performed  at  5th  April,  2017  by  a  professionally
qualified actuary.

From 6th April, 2016 the Company directly pays the expenses of the Scheme. With effect from April
2018 the deficit reduction payments paid into the Scheme by the Company have been increased to
£600,000 per annum. The deficit reduction contributions are paid on a quarterly basis with the first
paid on 3rd April, 2018 and the last due for payment on or before 5th January, 2027. The total deficit
reduction payments made in the year were £600,000 (2018 – £389,000).

From 1st June, 2007 the Company has operated a defined contributions scheme for its UK employees
which is administered by a UK pension provider.

Members contributions are paid in line with this scheme’s documentation over the accounting period and the
Company has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been made.

The  Company’s  policy  for  recognising  remeasurement  gains  and  losses  is  to  recognise  them  immediately
through the statement of comprehensive income.

Assumptions

2018
2.70%
3.60%
3.00%
1.80%
21.4yrs
22.8yrs
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Discount rate at year-end
Future salary increases
Pension increases – RPI inflation
Pension increases – CPI inflation
Life expectancy of current pensioners (from age 65)
Life expectancy of future pensioners (from age 65)

2019
2.50%
3.80%
3.20%
2.00%
20.7yrs
22.6yrs

A 0.5% reduction in the discount rate would lead to an increase in past service liabilities of around £1.7m.

Members  living  around  1  year  longer  than  expected  would  lead  to  an  increase  in  past  service  liabilities  of

around £1.3m.

In relation to the other assumptions there is no sensitivity analysis as small changes in these assumptions

will not have a material impact.

The average duration of the scheme is 11 years.

GMP Equalisation

The defined benefits scheme was contracted out of the State Earnings – Related Pension Scheme (SERPS)
between 1990 and 1997. The benefits for employees who were members between those dates include a "Guaranteed
Minimum  Pension".  In  broad  terms,  this  replicated  the  pension  which  the  members  would  have  earned  under
SERPS.

Historically, there has been an inequality of benefits between male and female members who accrued a GMP

between 1990 and 1997.

In general, occupational pension schemes have had to provide equal benefits for men and women since May
1990.  However,  because  State  benefits  were  exempt  from  the  Barber  case  judgement  in  1990  there  has  been
considerable uncertainty as to whether this equalisation requirement extended to GMPs.

A High Court ruling on 26th October, 2018 confirmed that schemes must now take action to address GMP

equalisation.

41

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

21

Pension liability (continued)

If  a  member’s  benefits  would  be  higher  by  calculating  their  benefits  accrued  since  1990  using  the  GMP
applicable to an individual of the opposite sex, then the GMP benefit must be increased accordingly, including paying
arrears to members who are already receiving their pension.

There are a number of methods to use for calculating the GMP equalisation but whilst setting out a number

of possible approaches, the High Court did not specify the method to use.

The calculation of the past service cost related to the GMP equalisation has been based on the likely method
that  the  Scheme  Trustees  and  Company  will  adopt  in  the  future.  However,  it  is  anticipated  that  whilst  other
methodologies for GMP equalisation will give slightly different benefit payments, the actuarial present value of the
payments arising for each methodology are unlikely to be materially different.

The results of the calculation using the most likely method to be adopted result in an estimated 4.2% increase
in the Scheme’s liability which gives rise to an unrecognised past service cost of approximately £1.198m. This has
been recognised in the Consolidated income statement for the year ended 27th April, 2019.

It may be some time before the agreed method for GMP equalisation calculations is approved. However, now
that  the  estimated  past  service  cost  has  been  recognised  in  the  Consolidated  income  statement,  changes  to  the
estimate in the future will be recognised in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Statement of financial position

2019
£000

2018
£000

Present value of obligations
Fair value of plan assets

29,568 
23,147 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
6,421
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

30,264
23,462

Net liability

6,802

Income Statement

2019
£000

2018
£000

Interest on net liabilities
Administration expenses

183 
– 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
183 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Total income statement cost

186
–

186

Change in defined benefit obligation

2019
£000

2018
£000

Opening defined benefit obligation
Interest cost
Experience gains arising on scheme liabilities
Changes in financial assumptions underlying the present value of scheme liabilities
Actuarial losses on scheme liabilities
Benefits paid
Past service costs

30,790 
746 
554 
(817)
– 
(1,705)
– 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
29,568
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

29,568
808
11
(660)
916
(1,577)
1,198

Defined benefit obligation

30,264

42

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

21

Pension liability (continued)

Change in fair value of plan assets

2019
£000

2018
£000

Opening fair value of plan assets
Interest income on assets
Actual return on assets less amount included in net interest
Deficit reduction contributions by employer
Benefits paid

23,305 
563 
595 
389 
(1,705)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
23,147 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

23,147
622
670
600
(1,577)

Fair value of plan assets

23,462

Statement of comprehensive income

2019
£000

2018
£000

Actual return on assets less amounts included in net interest
Remeasurement gains/(losses)

595 
263 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
858
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

670
(267)

403

2019
£000

2018
£000

Expected deficit reduction contributions into the Scheme during
next accounting year:

600 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

600

Breakdown of assets at 27th April, 2019

Plan
assets
£000

Asset
allocation

Equities – UK market
Equities – non UK market
Corporate Bonds
Gilts
Cash/other

33%
33%
13%
13%
8%
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
100%
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

7,702
7,825
3,035
3,152
1,748

23,462

Breakdown of assets at 28th April, 2018

Plan
assets
£000

Asset
allocation

Equities – UK market
Equities – non UK market
Corporate Bonds
Gilts
Cash/other

31%
33%
15%
13%
8%
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
100%
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

7,140
7,647
3,542
2,984
1,834

23,147

43

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

22

Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
Other payables
Accruals
Progress payments

222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222

Group

Company

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

6,598
–
4,228
2,750
14,476

5,349
–
3,435
2,943
13,648

3,122
2,808
592
1,288
466
2222 2222 2222
8,276
2222 2222 2222

25,375

28,052

2018
£000

2,681 
1,528 
842 
767 
386 
222
6,204 
222

Progress payments received for sale of goods and contract revenue represents customer payments received in

advance of performance that are expected to be recognised as revenue in future periods.

The  progress  payment  balance  changes  during  the  reporting  period  for  new  payments  received  from

customers and for amounts recognised in revenue because the performance obligation has been satisfied.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

23

Financial instruments 

Management of financial risks

The major financial risks faced by the Group and Company are funding risks, interest rate risks and currency

risks.

Funding risk

At the year end the Group had cash and cash equivalents of £22.89m – Company- overdraft (£0.58m) (2018
Group  –  £15.87m  –  Company  overdraft  (£0.34m)).  The  Group  and  Company  has  available  a  bank  multicurrency
overdraft facility of £4.8m which is renewable on 1st January, 2020.

Interest rate risk

The  bank  multicurrency  overdraft  facility  is  at  a  floating  rate  of  interest,  based  on  the  base  rate  of  each
respective currency. This position is monitored constantly by the Board to ensure any risk is minimised. The Board
believe that the main interest rate risk relates to maximising interest income on cash balances.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonable possible change in interest rates, with all

other variables held constant of the Group’s profit before tax. There is no impact on the Group’s equity.

2019
Sterling

2018
Sterling

Increase/decrease 
in basis points

Effect on profit 
before tax
£000

+50
–50

+50
–50

25 
(25)

50 
(50)

44

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

23

Financial instruments (continued)

The  interest  rate  profile  of  the  financial  assets  of  the  Group  and  Company  as  at  27th April,  2019  was  as

follows:

Group

Company

Floating rate
financial assets/
(liabilities)
£000

Floating rate 
financial assets/
(liabilities)
£000

Total
£000

16,444
1,591
4,757
94
2222
22,886
2222

14,982
(667)
1,464
87
2222
15,866
2222

16,444
1,591
4,757
94
2222
22,886
2222

14,982
(667)
1,464
87
2222
15,866
2222

(1,831)
36
1,212
1
2222
(582)
2222

2,895
(3,921)
658
26
2222
(342)
2222

Total
£000

(1,831)
36 
1,212 
1 
222
(582)
222

15,968 
(2,064)
(383)
5 
222
13,526
222

2019
Sterling
US Dollar
Euro
Other

222222222222222222

Total

222222222222222222

2018
Sterling
US Dollar
Euro
Other

222222222222222222

Total

222222222222222222

Foreign currency risk

Exposure to risk is incurred by the Group and Company through overseas sales.

This exposure is minimised by the following:

(1)

(2)

invoicing in sterling where practicable.

using foreign currency received for purchases where appropriate.

Currency exposures

The table below shows the Group’s currency exposures; i.e., those transactional exposures that give rise to the
net currency gains and losses recognised in the income statement. Such exposures comprise the monetary assets and
monetary  liabilities  of  the  Group  that  are  not  denominated  in  the  operating  (or  "functional")  currency  of  the
operating unit involved.

As at 27th April, 2019 these currency exposures are as follows:-

Net foreign currency monetary assets/(liabilities)d
Sterling
£000

US Dollar
£000

Total
£000

Euro
£000

4

1,528
2222 2222 2222
1,528
2222 2222 2222

1,254

1,254

4

4

(1,561)

1,664
2222 2222 2222
1,664
2222 2222 2222

(1,561)

4

2,786 
222
2,786 
222

107 
222
107 
222

Presentational currency of Group operations

2019
Sterling

222222222222222222222222

Total

222222222222222222222222

2018
Sterling

222222222222222222222222

Total

222222222222222222222222

45

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

23

Financial instruments (continued)

Functional currency of Company operations

2019
Sterling

222222222222222222222222

Total

222222222222222222222222

2018
Sterling

222222222222222222222222

Total

222222222222222222222222

Fair values

Net foreign currency monetary assets/(liabilities)d
Sterling
£000

US Dollar
£000

Total
£000

Euro
£000

–

1,426
2222 2222 2222
1,426
2222 2222 2222

43

43

–

–

(3,810)

861
2222 2222 2222
861
2222 2222 2222

(3,810)

–

1,469 
222
1,469 
222

(2,949)
222
(2,949)
222

No significant differences exist between the book value and the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities

as at 27th April, 2019 and 28th April, 2018.

Credit risk

There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group or Company. The maximum credit risk

exposure relating to financial assets is represented by carrying values at the statement of financial position date.

The Group and Company have established procedures to minimise the risk of default by trade debtors including
credit  checks  undertaken  before  a  customer  is  accepted  and  credit  insurance  where  available  and  appropriate.
Historically these procedures have proved effective in minimising the level of impaired and past due receivables.

The  Group  applies  the  IFRS  9  simplified  model  of  recognising  lifetime  expected  credit  losses  for  all  trade
receivables as these items do not have a significant financing component.  In measuring the expected credit losses,
the trade receivables have been assessed on a collective basis as they possess shared credit risk characteristics.  The
expected  loss  rates  are  based  on  the  payment  profile  for  sales  over  the  recent  reporting  periods  as  well  as  the
corresponding historical credit losses during that period.

Trade receivables are written off (i.e. derecognised) when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery.

Detailed credit risks disclosure for trade receivables has not been included as it is immaterial.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

24

Capital commitments

Group

Company

Contracted but not provided in the financial statements

70
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222
70
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222

70

70

14

14

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

14 
222
14 
222

25

Obligations under leases

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Group

Company

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

Amounts payable
Within one year
In two to five years
Five years or more

–
–
–
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222
–
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222

241
476
204

921

993

290
474
229

2018
£000

– 
– 
– 
222
– 
222

The  Group  has  entered  into  commercial  leases  on  certain  properties  and  motor  vehicles.  The  remaining

duration of these leases are from under 1 year up to 7 years from the Statement of financial position date.

£864,000 of these future minimum lease rentals will be recognised as rights of use assets and the related lease

liabilities on adoption of IFRS 16 with effect from 28th April, 2019.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

46

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

26

Contingent liabilities

The Company is contingently liable in respect of guarantees, indemnities and performance bonds given in the

ordinary course of business amounting to £4,279,721 at 27th April, 2019 (2018 – £3,395,671).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

27

Related party transactions

The following transactions took place, during the year, between the Company and other subsidiaries in the

Group.

Purchases of goods and services £9,653,450 (2018 – £491,734)

Sales of goods and services £8,608,429 (2018 – £5,295,734)

The  following  balances  between  the  Company  and  other  subsidiaries  in  the  Group  are  included  in  the

Company balance sheet as at 27th April, 2019.

Amounts owed by the Company £2,808,000 (2018 – £1,528,000)

Amounts owed to the Company £19,029,000 (2018 – £6,983,000)

Sales  and  purchases  between  related  parties  are  made  at  normal  market  prices.  Terms  and  conditions  for
transactions with subsidiaries and the joint venture are unsecured and interest free. Balances are placed on inter-
company accounts with no specified credit period.

Key management personnel (main board directors) compensation.

Group

Company

1,533
47
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits

1,672
47

1,431
37

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

1,580
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222

See Directors remuneration report on pages 58 and 59

1,719

1,468

2018
£000

1,290 
37 
222

1,327
222

28

Share-based payments

Share options are granted to senior executives in two schemes; the Employee Share Option Scheme and the
Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme. The exercise price of the option is no less than the market price of the
shares on the date of the grant. The options vest after the executives have been in service for specified times of not
less than one year from the date of grant. The contractual life of the options vary up to 10 years. There are no cash
settlement alternatives.

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of and movements

in, share options during the year;

2019

2019

2018

2018

Enterprise management incentive scheme
Outstanding as at 28th April, 2018

Options exercised

Options lapsed

222222222222222222222222

Outstanding as at 27th April, 2019

222222222222222222222222

214,000

194.0p

–

–
–
–

–
–
–

(214,000)
2222 2222 2222
–
2222 2222 2222

–

–

– 

– 
222
– 
222

The expense recognised for share options during the year is £Nil (2018 – £Nil).

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

29

Capital management

The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating

and healthy capital ratios in order to support its business and maximise shareholder value.

The  Group  manages  its  capital  structure  and  makes  adjustments  to  it,  in  light  of  changes  in  economic
conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders,
return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. No changes were made to the objectives, policies or processes
during the years ended 27th April, 2019 and 28th April, 2018.

Capital  comprises  equity  attributable  to  the  equity  holders  of  the  parent  company  £35,798,000  (2018  –

£33,400,000).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

47

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Summary of group results 2015 – 2019

GROUP INCOME STATEMENT

2019
£000

2018
£000

2017
£000

2016
£000

2015
£000

68,085

Group revenue

Group operating profit
Finance costs

45,503 
77,708
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222
1,740 
4,996
(199)
(209)
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222
1,541 
4,787
(188)
(975)
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222
1,353 
3,812
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the period

1,856
(174)

1,682
(98)

4,039
(653)

4,253
(214)

1,526
(28)

1,771
(245)

53,823

49,282

3,386

1,584

1,498

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
Assets employed
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other net current (liabilities)/assets
Cash and cash equivalents

3,818 
4,483
14,563 
20,426
(446)
(4,784)
17,148 
22,886
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222
35,083 
43,011
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222

5,301
19,099
(2,907)
15,210

4,893
20,766
(1,171)
15,866

5,671
15,955
1,534
12,758

35,918

36,703

40,354

Financed by
Ordinary share capital
Reserves

1,840 
1,840
26,459 
33,958
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222
28,299 
35,798
6,784 
7,213
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222
35,083 
43,011
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222

Shareholders’ funds
Net non current liabilities

33,400
6,954

29,041
7,662

28,060
7,858

1,840
31,560

1,840
27,201

1,840
26,220

36,703

35,918

40,354

48

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Corporate governance statement

As an AIM quoted company MSI INTERNATIONAL plc, under AIM Rule 26, is required to adopt a recognised
corporate governance code, describe how it complies with that code and provide details of where it does not comply
with its chosen corporate governance code.

MS INTERNATIONAL plc has chosen to adopt as far as practical for a Group of its size the recently published
(April  2018)  QCA  Corporate  Governance  Code  with  effect  from  28th  September,  2018.  The  Chairman  assumes
principal responsibility for corporate governance.

The Board is responsible for ensuring that MS INTERNATIONAL plc has the strategy, people, structure and
culture in place to deliver value over the medium to long term to shareholders and other stakeholders of the Group
and is committed to high standards of governance, as is appropriate for a company of its size and structure. The main
features of the Group’s corporate governance arrangements are set out below.

Strategy

The Group’s long term strategy is to invest in people, products and processes to seek continuous improvement
in  its  four  diverse  operating  divisions:  ‘Defence’,  ‘Forgings’,  ‘Petrol  Station  Superstructures’  and  ‘Petrol  Station
Branding’, each holding a leading position in its specialist market.

Communications with shareholders

The  shareholding  structure  of  the  Company  is  set  out  on  the  ‘Securities’  page  on the  Company’s website:
msiplc.com/securities. The composition of the shareholders, including the Directors, is currently primarily weighted
towards private investors, with a significant institutional shareholder.

The AGM is the main forum for dialogue and discussion with private investors and the Board. The Notice of
Annual General Meeting is sent to shareholders at least 21 days before the meeting and all of the Directors routinely
attend  the AGM  and  are  available  to  answer  any  questions  raised  by  shareholders.  The  results  of  each AGM  are
published on the website and by way of an RNS when the meeting has concluded. Copies of notice of meetings and
Annual Reports from the last five years are kept on the Company’s website.

Shareholders can engage with the Company between AGMs by contacting the Company Secretary, David Kirkup

(david.kirkup@msiplc.com). The Board also contacts significant institutional investors as and when appropriate.

Corporate Social Responsibility and Stakeholder engagement

The Group is aware of its corporate social responsibilities and the need to maintain effective relationships
with all of the stakeholders in the business including shareholders, employees, customers, suppliers and regulatory
authorities.  The  Group’s  operations,  processes  and  procedures  are  monitored  and  adapted  to  take  account  of
changing stakeholder relationships whilst maintaining focus on the Board’s strategic objective of delivering value
over the medium to long term for the benefit of all stakeholders.

The  Board  aims  to  do  what  is  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Company  and  seeks  to  maintain  the  highest

standards of integrity in the conduct of the Group’s operations.

The  requirement  for  regular  disclosure  of  Directors  other  interests  and  compliance  to  share  dealing

regulations all require high standards of behaviour.

The Group’s employment policies, such as Whistleblowing and Anti-Bribery and Corruption assist in setting

a culture of ethical behaviour throughout the Group.

Through  the  various  procedures  and  processes  the  Group  has  adopted,  each  diverse  operating  division

ensures full compliance with the health and safety and environmental legislation applicable to each division.

The Board and its committees

The Board consists of three executive directors, one of whom, Michael Bell is the Executive Chairman and
three  Non-Executive  directors,  Roger  Lane-Smith,  David  Pyle  and  David  Hansell.  The  Chairman  has  no  other
significant  commitments.  Day  to  day  control  in  divisional  operations  is  vested  in  individual  managing  directors,
supported by their respective financial managers.

The Company’s Articles of Association require that all Directors except those holding the posts of Chairman

or Chief Executive retire by rotation and are subject to election by shareholders at least once every three years.

The  Board  considers  that  all  3  Non-Executive  Directors  are  independent.  In  the  case  of  all  three  Non-
Executive Directors, the Board has considered their length of service as Directors and employees and has determined
that in terms of interest, experience and judgement they all remain independent. Consequently, The Board considers
itself to be compliant with the QCA code in having two or more independent Non-Executive Directors.

Roger Lane-Smith is the designated Senior Independent Director.

49

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Corporate governance statement
Continued 

The  Board  meets  at  least  quarterly  throughout  the  year  to  direct  and  control  the  overall  strategy  and
operating performance of the Group. To enable them to carry out these responsibilities all directors have full and
timely access to all relevant information. Executive Directors, except for Company business trips and holidays, meet
on a daily basis when possible. Additionally, each of the divisional operations has monthly review meetings which
the Executive Chairman and the Company’s Financial Director attends.

Board  Meetings  are  scheduled  in  advance.  The  Board  meets  at  least  quarterly  throughout  the  year.  The
number of meetings and members attendance of Board and Committee Meetings during the financial year ended
27th April, 2019 was as follows:

Number of meetings

Michael Bell

Michael O’Connell

Nicholas Bell

Roger Lane-Smith

David Pyle

David Hansell

Audit 
Committee
–

Board
4

4

4

4

4

4

4

–

–

–

2

2

–

All of the Non-Executive Directors devote sufficient time to fulfil their responsibilities to the Company.

The Chairman is responsible for the operation and strategic focus and direction of the business.

The  Board  is  supported  by  an  Audit  Committee  and  a  Remuneration  Committee.  Roger  Lane-Smith  and

David Pyle serve on these committees.

The  Audit  Committee  normally  meets  twice  a  year  and  has  the  responsibility  for  reviewing  the  interim
statements and annual financial reports and accounts and effectiveness of the system of internal controls with the
Group’s external auditors. The external auditors have direct access to the Committee without the executive directors
being present. The ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving the Group financial statements remains with
the Board.

The Remuneration Committee which meets as required has the responsibility for making recommendations
to the Board on the remuneration packages of each of the Executive Directors including any share incentive schemes.

Due to the size of the Group there is no Nominations Committee. The Chairman discusses the appointment
or replacement of Directors with the Board as a whole. The Board are aware of the age profile of the Directors and
this is under review.

Procedures  are  in  place  for Directors  to  seek  independent  advice  at  the  expense  of  the  Company  and  the
Company has insurance in respect of legal action against the Directors. The Company Secretary is responsible to the
Board for ensuring that Board procedures are complied with and for advising the Board on all governance matters.

Board experience, skills and evaluation

Due to the size of the Group, and the nature of its operations and strategic demands, there is no formal Board
performance evaluation process in place. However, the Chairman periodically meets with the Executive and Non-
Executive Directors to ensure they are committed, their respective contributions are effective and productive and,
where relevant, they have maintained their independence.

The Board has considered its structure and composition and believes it to be appropriate having taken into

account the nature and characteristics of the Group.

As the Directors have all served the Group as employees and Directors over many years, the Board believes
it is not necessary to give any further details of their experience other than that shown in the list of Directors and
the Notice of Annual General Meeting.

In the opinion of the Board, the Directors as a whole have the appropriate balance of skills and experience

necessary to ensure that the Group is managed for the long-term benefit of all stakeholders.

50

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Corporate governance statement
Continued 

Internal control systems

The Board is responsible for establishing and maintaining the Group’s system of internal control. Internal
control systems are designed to meet the particular needs of the operating company concerned bearing in mind the
resources available and the risks to which it is exposed, and by their nature can provide reasonable but not absolute
assurance against material misstatement or loss. The key procedures which the directors have established with a
view to providing effective internal control are set out below.

The  Board  has  overall  responsibility  for  the  Group  and  there  is  a  formal  schedule  of  matters  specifically
reserved  for  decisions  by  the  Board  which  covers  the  key  areas  of  the  Group’s  affairs,  including;  dividend  policy,
acquisitions and divestment policy, approval of budgets, capital expenditure, major buying and selling contracts and
general treasury and risk management policies. There is a clearly decentralised structure which delegates authority,
responsibility  and  accountability,  including  responsibility  for  internal  financial  controls,  to  management  of  the
operating companies.

Responsibility levels and delegation of authority and authorisation levels throughout the Group are set out

in the Group’s corporate accounting and procedures manual.

There is a comprehensive system for reporting financial results. Monthly accounts are prepared on a timely
basis. They include income statement, balance sheet, cash flow and capital expenditure reporting with comparisons
to budget and forecast. The budget is prepared annually and revised forecasts are provided monthly.

There  is  an  investment  evaluation  process  to  ensure  Board  approval  for  all  major  capital  expenditure

commitments.

There is a contract evaluation process to ensure directors approval for all major sales contracts.

Risk Management

The Board has reviewed the effectiveness of the system of internal controls, and together with operational
management, has identified and evaluated the critical business and financial risks of the Group. These risks are
reviewed continually by both the Directors and operational and divisional management. Where appropriate, action
is taken to manage risks facing the business.

The Group’s corporate governance environment and its embedded procedures and systems will be updated

and adapted to future changes in stakeholder relationships when considered appropriate by the Board.

51

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Audit Committee Report

The Audit Committee has been established for many years and was introduced when it became a requirement

for all full listed companies to have such a committee.

Committee governance

The Audit Committee consists of two independent Non-executive directors, Roger Lane-Smith and David Pyle
who  have  considerable  experience  in  senior  financial  and  commercial  operational  roles  and  both  have  extensive
knowledge of the Group’s operations and related financial risks and internal control.

The Committee meets twice a year. The meetings are held with the external auditor at which management is

not present.

Key responsibilities

The committee is required to:

Monitor  the  integrity  of  the  Group’s  financial  statements  and  external  announcements  of  both  the
interim and full year results;

Advise on the clarity of disclosures and information contained in the Annual Report and Accounts;

In  conjunction  with  the  Group’s  Executive  Board  and  external  auditor,  ensure  compliance  with
applicable accounting standards and the consistency of methodologies applied;

Review the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk management systems;

Oversee the relationship with the external auditors, review their performance and independence and
advising the Board on their appointment and remuneration.

The Audit Committee has undertaken the following during the year under review:

Internal control and risk management

The Audit  Committee  has  worked  with  the  Board  in  the  continued  evaluation  of  the  critical  business  and

financial risks of the Group and where appropriate supported actions to manage the risks facing the business.

External audit

The Audit Committee conducted a review and tender related to the appointment of the external auditor.

The  outcome  of  this  review  has  been  to  replace  Ernst  & Young  LLP  with  Grant  Thornton  UK  LLP  as  the

Group’s external auditor.

The services performed by Grant Thornton UK LLP will relate only to the Group’s external audit. All other

non audit work will be performed by independent accountancy firms which will enhance the Group’s governance.

There is no formal policy in respect of the rotation of the external auditor. This will be reviewed and taken
into consideration if the AIM listed company rules are changed so that the rotation of the external auditor becomes
a requirement.

Significant reporting issues and judgements

The Audit Committee considered whether the 2019 Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable and
whether  it  provides  the  necessary  information  for  shareholders  and  other  stakeholders  to  assess  the  Group’s
financial performance, business model and strategy.

The Committee was satisfied that, as a whole, the 2019 Annual Report met these requirements.

The  key  issues  and  accounting  policies  considered  by  the Audit  Committee  in  relation  to  the  2019 Annual

Report were:

The provision for past service pension costs arising as a result of a High Court ruling in October 2018
relating to GMP equalisation. A detailed explanation of this particular issue is set out in note 21 of the
Annual Report.

52

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Audit Committee Report
Continued

The appropriateness of the Group’s approach to the adoption of IFRS 15 and subsequent recognition
of contract revenue.

The proposed transition to the adoption of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ for the year ending 30th April, 2020 and
the disclosures made in respect of the anticipated changes to future financial statements.

The Audit Committee has assessed these specific issues and is satisfied that the methodologies adopted in

the Annual Report are appropriate and satisfy the relevant IFRS standards.

R Lane-Smith
Chairman Audit Committee

5th June, 2019

53

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Report of the directors

The  directors  present  their  report  and  the  Group  financial  statements  for  the  52  weeks  ended  27th April,

2019. The directors present their corporate governance statement on pages 49 to 51 of this report.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

1

Principal activities and business review

A  review  of  the  Group’s  trading  during  the  year  is  contained  in  the  Chairman’s  Statement  and  Strategic

report.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

2

Results and dividends

The  profit  after  taxation  for  the  period  attributable  to  shareholders  amounted  to  £3,812,000  (2018  –
£3,386,000). The directors recommend a final dividend of 6.50 pence per share (2018 – 6.50 pence per share), making
a total of 8.25 pence per share (2018 – 8.25 pence per share).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

3

Going concern

The  Group  has  considerable  financial  resources  together  with  long  term  contracts  with  a  number  of
customers.  As  a  consequence,  the  directors  believe  that  the  Group  is  well  placed  to  manage  its  business  risk
successfully despite the current uncertain economic outlook.

After making enquiries the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have
adequate  resources  to  continue  in  operational  existence  for  the  foreseeable  future. Accordingly,  they  continue  to
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual report and accounts.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

4

Directors

The names of the directors of the Company at 5th June, 2019 are shown on page 4.

All of the directors served throughout the year.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

5 

Substantial interests in shares

The directors had been advised of the following notifiable interests:-

% of share capital held
at 27th April, 2019

% of share capital held
at 5th June, 2019

Michael Bell
Cavendish Asset Management Limited
David Pyle
Michael O’Connell
Mrs Patricia Snipe

29.3%
17.5%
10.6%
9.4%
4.9%

29.3%
17.5%
10.6%
9.4%
4.9%

Apart from these, the directors have not been formally notified of any other notifiable shareholdings in excess

of 3% of share capital held on 5th June, 2019.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

6 

Employee involvement

The  directors  have  continued  their  commitment  to  the  development  of  employee  involvement  and

communication throughout the Group.

Regular  meetings  are  held  with  employees  to  provide  and  discuss  information  of  concern  to  them  as
employees, including financial and economic factors affecting the performance of the Company in which they are
employed.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

54

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Report of the directors
Continued

7 

Employment of disabled persons

The Company and its subsidiaries have continued the policy regarding the employment of disabled persons.
Full and fair consideration is given to applications for employment made by disabled persons having regard to their
particular  aptitudes  and  abilities. Appropriate  training  is  arranged  for  disabled  persons,  including  retraining  for
alternative  work  of  employees  who  may  become  disabled,  to  promote  their  career  development  within  the
organisation.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

8 

Additional information for shareholders 

The Company purchased 1,000,000 of its Ordinary shares of 10p each for a total consideration of £1,721,976
on 11th December, 2013 and a further 646,334 Ordinary shares of 10p each for a total consideration of £1,237,251
on 30th January, 2014.

The following provides the additional information required for shareholders as a result of the implementation

of the Takeover Directive into UK Law.

At 5th June, 2019 the Company’s issued share capital comprised: 

Ordinary shares of 10p each

Ordinary shares of 10p each held in treasury

Ordinary shares of 10p each not held in treasury

Number

18,396,073

1,646,334

16,749,739

£000

1,840

165

1,675

% of total
share capital

100

8.95

91.05

The  above  figure  (16,749,739  ordinary  shares  of  10p)  is  the  number  of  ordinary  shares  to  be  used  as  a
denominator for the calculation of a shareholder’s interest for the determination of any notification requirement in
respect of their interest(s) or change of interest(s).

The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders that may result in restrictions on the

transfer of securities and for voting rights. 

Ordinary shares 

On a show of hands at a general meeting of the Company every holder of ordinary shares present in person
and entitled to vote shall have one vote and on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled to
vote  shall  have  one  vote  for  every  ordinary  share  held.  The  notice  of  the  general  meeting  specifies  deadlines  for
exercising voting rights either by proxy notice or present in person or by proxy in relation to resolutions to be passed
at  general  meeting.  All  proxy  votes  are  counted  and  the  numbers  for,  against  or  withheld  in  relation  to  each
resolution are announced at the Annual General Meeting.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the Company other than:

Certain restrictions may from time to time be imposed by laws and regulations (for example, insider
trading laws and market requirements relating to close periods); and; 

Pursuant to the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority whereby certain employees of the
Company require the approval of the Company to deal in the Company’s securities. 

The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by a special resolution at a general meeting of
the shareholders. Directors are reappointed by ordinary resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders. The
Board can appoint a director but anyone so appointed must be elected by an ordinary resolution at the next general
meeting.

Any  director,  other  than  the  Chairman,  who  has  held  office  for  more  than  three  years  since  their  last

appointment must offer themselves up for re-election at the annual general meeting.

Company share schemes

The  Employee  Share  Ownership  Trust  holds  1.46%  of  the  issued  share  capital  of  the  Company  (excluding
treasury  shares)  in  trust  for  the  benefit  of  employees  of  the  Group  and  their  dependants.  The  voting  rights  in
relation to these shares are exercised by the trustee. 

55

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Report of the directors
Continued

8 

Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Change of control

The Company is not party to any agreements which take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control

of the Company following a takeover bid. 

There are no agreements between the Company and its directors or employees providing for compensation
for  loss  of  office  or  employment  (whether  through  resignation,  purported  redundancy  or  otherwise)  that  occurs
because of a takeover bid.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

9 

Special business at the Annual General Meeting

Resolution 11: Disapplication of pre emption rights

Generally, if the directors wish to allot new shares or other equity securities (within the meaning of section
560 of the 2006 Act) for cash or sell shares for cash, then under the Act they must first offer such shares or securities
to shareholders in proportion to their existing holdings. These statutory pre emption rights may be disapplied by
shareholders.

Resolution 11, which will be proposed as a special resolution, renews a similar power given at last year’s AGM
and, if passed, will enable the directors to allot equity securities for cash, or sell treasury shares for cash, up to a
maximum aggregate nominal amount of £167,496 without having to comply with statutory pre emption rights, but
this power will be limited to allotments or sales.

(a)  in connection with a rights issue, open offer or other pre emptive offer to ordinary shareholders and to
holders of other equity securities (if required by the rights of those securities or the directors otherwise
consider  necessary),  but  (in  accordance  with  normal  practice)  subject  to  such  exclusions  or  other
arrangements, such as for fractional entitlements and overseas shareholders, as the directors consider
necessary;

(b)   in any other case, up to an aggregate nominal amount of £167,496 (which represents approximately ten
per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company (excluding treasury shares) as at 5th June,
2019.

If  given,  this  power  will  expire  at  the  conclusion  of  the  Company’s  next  AGM  or  on  15th  October,  2020

(whichever is the earlier). It is the directors’ intention to renew this power each year. 

Resolution 12: Purchase by the Company of its own shares

Resolution 12, which will be proposed as a special resolution renews a similar authority given at last year’s
AGM.  If  passed,  it  will  allow  the  Company  to  purchase  up  to  1,674,973  ordinary  shares  in  the  market  (which
represents  approximately  10  per  cent  of  the  issued  ordinary  share  capital  of  the  Company  (excluding  treasury
shares) as at 5th June, 2019.  The minimum and maximum prices for such a purchase are set out in the resolution.
If given, this authority will expire at the conclusion of the Company’s next AGM or on 15th October, 2020 whichever
is the earlier. It is the directors’ intention to renew this authority each year.

The directors have no current intention to exercise the authority sought under resolution 12 to make market

purchases.

The Company is permitted to hold shares in treasury as an alternative to cancelling them. Shares held in
treasury  may  be  subsequently  cancelled,  or  sold  for  cash  or  used  to  satisfy  options  under  the  Company’s  share
schemes. While held in treasury, the shares are not entitled to receive any dividends or dividend equivalents (apart
from any issue of bonus shares) and have no voting rights. The directors believe it is appropriate for the Company
to have the option to hold its own shares in treasury, if, at a future date , the directors exercise this authority in
order to provide the Company with additional flexibility in the management of its capital base. The directors will
have regard to institutional shareholder guidelines which may be in force at the time of such purchase, holding or
re-sale of shares held in treasury. As at 5th June, 2019, the Company holds 1,646,334 Ordinary shares of 10p each
in treasury which represents 8.95 % of the total number of Ordinary shares of 10p each issued.

56

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Report of the directors
Continued

9 

Special business at the Annual General Meeting (continued)

Resolution 13: Notice period for general meetings

Resolution 13 will be proposed as a special resolution to allow the Company to call general meetings (other

than an AGM) on 14 clear days’ notice.

Changes made to the 2006 Act by the Companies (Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 2009 increase the notice
period required for general meetings of the Company to 21 days unless shareholders approve a shorter notice period,
which cannot however be less than 14 clear days. AGMs will continue to be held on at least 21 clear days’ notice.

Before the Regulations came into force, the Company was able to call general meetings other than an AGM
on  14  clear  days’  notice  without  obtaining  shareholder  approval.  Resolution  13 seeks  such  approval  in  order  to
preserve  this  flexibility.  The  shorter  notice  period  would  not  however  be  used  as  a  matter  of  routine  for  such
meetings,  but  only  where  it  is  merited  by  the  business  of  the  meeting  and  is  considered  to  be  in  the  interests  of
shareholders as a whole. If given, the approval will be effective until the Company’s next annual general meeting,
when it is intended that a similar resolution will be proposed.

Note that the changes to the 2006 Act mean that, in order to be able to call a general meeting on less than 21
clear  days’  notice,  the  Company  must  make  a  means  of  electronic  voting  available  to  all  shareholders  for  that
meeting.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

10 

Auditors

A  resolution  to  reappoint  the  auditor,  Grant  Thornton  UK  LLP,  will  be  proposed  at  the  Annual  General

Meeting.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

11 

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of information to auditors

The  directors  who  were  members  of  the  board  at  the  time  of  approving  the  directors’  report  are  listed  on
page 4. Having made enquiries of fellow directors and of the Company’s auditors, each of the directors
confirms that:

to the best of each director’s knowledge and belief, there is no information relevant to the preparation
of their report of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

each director has taken all the steps a director might reasonably be expected to have taken to be aware
of  relevant  audit  information  and  to  establish  that  the  Company’s  auditors  are  aware  of  that
information.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

12 

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

the financial statements, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as
adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or
loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

the business review, together with the Chairman’s statement, includes a fair review of the development
and performance of the business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in
the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties
that they face.

By order of the Board,

David Kirkup
Secretary

5th June, 2019

57

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Directors’ remuneration report

Information not subject to audit 

Policy on remuneration of executive directors

The Remuneration Committee which, currently, comprises the non-executive directors, Roger Lane-Smith and
David Pyle, aims to ensure that remuneration packages and service contracts are competitive and designed to retain,
attract and motivate executive directors of the right calibre.

The salary for each director is determined by the Remuneration Committee by reference to a range of factors
including  experience  appropriate  to  the  Group,  length  of  service  and  salary  rates  for  similar  jobs  in  comparative
companies. In view of the size and nature of the Group and the continuing need to optimise subordinate management
structures particular emphasis is given to the advantages which flow from the long term continuity of the executive
directors. All aspects of the executive directors’ current remuneration packages were established in June, 1996 when
revised contracts of service, embracing reduced notice periods, were agreed.  The contracts of service are reviewed
from time to time and consideration given to whether any amendment is appropriate. The Remuneration Committee
has not sought any external advice during the year.

The main components of the remuneration package for the executive directors are as follows:-

The main components of the remuneration package for the executive directors

are as follows:-

1.

Basic Salary

Salaries for executive directors are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee.

2.

Performance related annual bonus

An  annual  bonus  is  paid  depending  on  achievement  of  profitability  targets.  Bonus  payments  achieved  for

2018/2019 amounted in total to 53.9% (2018 – 22.5%) of total executive basic salaries.

The Remuneration Committee consider the £1.198m charge to the Consolidated income statement for past
service pension costs to be outside of the definition of "usual working and management expenses and outgoings" as
set out in clause 1.2 of the executive directors bonus scheme. Consequently, the bonus for the directors for the year
ended  27th  April,  2019  has  been  based  on  the  Group  profit  before  past  service  pension  costs  and  taxation  of
£5,985,000.

3.

Share Options

Directors are eligible to participate in the Employee and the Enterprise Management Incentive share option
schemes. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for granting options. Options have only been granted at an
exercise price of not less than the price paid by the scheme to acquire the shares. Share options are issued without
performance criteria and have no vesting period.

At 27th April, 2019, there are no outstanding share options.

4.

Pension contributions

Until 27th April, 2013, pension contributions were calculated as a percentage of total emoluments. From 28th
April,  2013,  pension  contributions  will  be  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  basic  pay  and  bonus  only.  The  executive
directors have full discretion as to how they choose to invest their pension contributions. All pension contributions
for executive directors over the age of 65 ceased from 30th April, 2015.

Other  benefits  are  provided  in  the  form  of  company  cars,  death  in  service  benefit  cover  and  medical  and

5.
disability insurance.

Non-executive directors

The level of the non-executive directors’ remuneration has been determined by the Board as an annual fee and
is paid monthly. There are no formal service contracts between the Company and any of the non-executive directors.

58

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Directors’ remuneration report
Continued
Information not subject to audit 

Emoluments of directors

Directors’ remuneration in respect of the period to 27th April, 2019.

2019

2019

2019

2019

2018

2018

2018

salary
£

and fees
£

and fees
£

400,000 400,000

2019
Other
benefits
£

2018
Other
benefits
£

2018
Basic salary Basic salary Additional Additional
salary
£
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Michael Bell
92,974 679,007 547,184 
–
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Michael O’Connell
46,487 366,721 311,861 
–
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Nicholas Bell
46,487 332,929 265,378 
–
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
David Pyle
77,487 
–
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
David Hansell
– 188,700 188,700 
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Roger Lane-Smith
40,000 
–
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

50,000 138,700 138,700

225,000 225,000

200,000 200,000

18,891 111,240

40,374 111,240

54,210 222,480

Bonus
£

Bonus
£

50,000

50,000

40,000

30,481

40,000

14,849

56,527

21,689

64,849

27,487

50,000

40,000

Total

Total

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

In addition to his role as non-executive director, David Hansell has carried out additional executive services during
the  period  for  the  Defence  division.  His  remuneration  during  the  period  for  these  services,  is  shown  as  additional
salary.

Other benefits represent the provision of company cars, death in service benefit and medical and disability insurance.

Pension contributions

2019
Total
£
–

2018
Total
£
–  

Michael Bell
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Michael O’Connell
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Nicholas Bell
36,973 
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Roger Lane-Smith
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
David Pyle
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
David Hansell
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

46,686

–

–

–

–

–  

–  

–  

–  

Directors’ share options

Share options

All outstanding share options lapsed on 30th September, 2017.

There  are  now  no  outstanding  share  options  granted  under  either  the  Enterprise  Management  Incentive

Scheme or the Employee Share Option Scheme.

QCA code

The Remuneration Committee is of the opinion that the disclosures required by the code are contained within

this report.

By order of the Board,

David Kirkup
Secretary

5th June, 2019

59

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

List of subsidiaries

(i)

Principal operating subsidiaries

MSI-Defence Systems Ltd.

Salhouse Road, 
Norwich,
NR7 9AY
England

Design, manufacture and
service of defence equipment.

Country of Incorporation

England & Wales

MSI-Defence Systems Inc.

MSI-Forks Ltd.

MSI-Forks Inc.

MS INTERNATIONAL
Estates LLC

MSI-Forks Garfos 
Industriais Ltda.

MSI-Quality Forgings Ltd.

Global-MSI plc

Global-MSI Sp. z o.o.

Petrol Sign bv

Petrol Sign GmbH

Petrol Sign Ltd.

MS INTERNATIONAL
Estates Ltd.

1298 Galleria Boulevard,  Design, manufacture and 
Rock Hill, 
SC 29730
USA

service of defence equipment.

Balby Carr Bank, 
Doncaster, 
DN4 8DH
England

Manufacture of fork-arms for the
fork lift truck, construction,
agricultural and quarrying
equipment industries.

1298 Galleria Boulevard,  Manufacture of fork-arms for the
Rock Hill, 
SC 29730
USA

fork lift truck, construction,
agricultural and quarrying 
equipment industries.

1298 Galleria Boulevard,  Property holding company 
Rock Hill, 
SC 29730
USA

of the Group’s USA property.

Manufacture of fork-arms for the
fork lift truck, construction,
agricultural and quarrying
equipment industries.

USA

England & Wales

USA

USA

Brazil

Manufacture of open die forgings.

England & Wales

Design, manufacture and
construction of petrol station
superstructures.

England & Wales

Rua Professor Campos
de Oliveira,  
310
São Paulo 
Brazil

Balby Carr Bank,
Doncaster,
DN4 8DH
England

Balby Carr Bank, 
Doncaster
DN4 8DH
England

Ul. Działowskiego 13, 
30-339 Krakow
Poland

Design, manufacture and
construction of petrol 
station superstructures.

De Hoef 8 
5311 GH Gameren 
The Netherlands 

Design, restyling, production
and installation of the complete
appearance of petrol station
superstructures and forecourt.

Owiedenfeldstrasse 1
30559 Hannover
Anderton
Germany

Design, restyling, production
and installation of the complete
appearance of petrol station
superstructures and forecourt.

Poland

The Netherlands

Germany

Balby Carr Bank, 
Doncaster 
DN4 8DH
England

Balby Carr Bank,  
Doncaster  
DN4 8DH
England

Design, restyling, production
and installation of the complete
appearance of petrol station
superstructures and forecourt.

Property holding company 
of the Group’s UK properties.

England & Wales

England & Wales

NOTES
1. 

100% of the ordinary shares are held in all cases.

60

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

List of subsidiaries
Continued

(ii)

Non Operating subsidiaries

Conder Ltd.

Global-MSI (Overseas) Ltd.

MDM Investments Ltd.

Mechforge Ltd.

MSI-Petrol Sign Ltd.

Petrol Sign-MSI Ltd.

NOTES

1. 

100% of the ordinary share capital of each entity is held in all cases.

2.  All companies are registered in England and Wales

3.  All companies are dormant and non operating, with the exception of MDM Investments Ltd, which is the trustee company of

the MS INTERNATIONAL plc Retirement and Death Benefits Scheme.

61

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice  is  given  that  the  fifty  ninth  annual  general  meeting  of  MS  INTERNATIONAL  plc
(“Company”) will be held at The Holiday Inn, Warmsworth, Doncaster on 15th July, 2019 at 12 noon to
consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions. Resolutions 1 to 10 will be proposed as
ordinary resolutions and resolutions 11 to 13 will be proposed as special resolutions:

As ordinary business:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

To receive the Company’s annual accounts and directors’ and auditors’ reports for the 52 weeks ended 27th
April, 2019.

To approve the directors’ remuneration report for the 52 weeks ended 27th April, 2019. 

To declare a final dividend for the 52 weeks ended 27th April, 2019 of 6.5p per ordinary share of 10p each in
the capital of the Company, to be paid on 25th July, 2019 to shareholders whose names appear on the register
as at close of business on 21st June, 2019.

To re-elect as Executive Chairman of the Company, Michael Bell, who joined the company in December 1972
and was appointed to the Board in July, 1980.

To  re-elect  as  a  director  of  the  Company,  Nicholas  Bell,  a  director  retiring  by  rotation.  Nicholas  is  aged
44 years old and joined the Company in 1999, becoming a director in 2014.

To reappoint as a non-executive director of the Company, Roger Lane-Smith who was appointed as a director
on  21st  January,  1983.  He  is  a  non-executive  director  of  Timpson  Group  plc,  Lomond  Capital  Partners,
Mostyn Estates Limited and a number of other private companies.

To  reappoint  as  a  non-executive  director  of  the  Company  David  Pyle,  who  was  appointed  as  an  executive
director in 1980, David joined the Company in 1968 and stepped down as company secretary and executive
director on 27th April, 2013.

To reappoint as a non-executive director of the Company, David Hansell, who was appointed to the Board as
a director on 3rd June, 2014. David joined the Company in 1962 becoming a director in 2014.

To reappoint Grant Thornton UK LLP as external auditor of the Company.

10.

To authorise the directors to determine the remuneration of the external auditor.

As special business:

11.

That, subject to the passing of resolution 11 and pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006
(“2006 Act”), the directors be and are generally empowered to allot equity securities (within the meaning of
section 560 of the 2006 Act) for cash pursuant to the authority granted by resolution 8 and to sell Ordinary
shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561(1) of the 2006 Act did not apply to
any such allotment or sale, provided that this power shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities or
sale of treasury shares:

11.1

in  connection  with  an  offer  of  equity  securities  (whether  by  way  of  a  rights  issue,  open  offer  or
otherwise):

11.1.1

to holders of Ordinary shares in the capital of the Company in proportion (as nearly as
practicable) to the respective numbers of Ordinary shares held by them; and

11.1.2

to  holders  of  other  equity  securities  in  the  capital  of  the  Company,  as  required  by  the
rights  of  those  securities  or,  subject  to  such  rights,  as  the  directors  otherwise  consider
necessary.

but  subject  to  such  exclusions  or  other  arrangements  as  the  directors  may  deem  necessary  or
expedient  in  relation  to  treasury  shares,  fractional  entitlements,  record  dates  or  any  legal  or
practical problems under the laws of any territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or
stock exchange; and

11.2

otherwise than pursuant to paragraph 11.1 of this resolution, up to an aggregate nominal amount
of £167,496.

and  (unless  previously  revoked,  varied  or  renewed)  this  power  shall  expire  at  the  conclusion  of  the  next
annual  general  meeting  of  the  Company  after  the  passing  of  this  resolution  or  on  15th  October,  2020
(whichever is the earlier), save that the Company may make an offer or agreement before this power expires
which would or might require equity securities to be allotted or treasury shares to be sold for cash after this

62

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notice of Annual General Meeting
Continued 

power expires and the directors may allot equity securities or sell treasury shares for cash pursuant to any
such offer or agreement as if this power had not expired. This power is in substitution for all existing powers
under  section  570  and  573  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  (which,  to  the  extent  unused  at  the  date  of  this
resolution, are revoked with immediate effect).

12.

That, pursuant to section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 (“2006 Act”), the Company be and is generally and
unconditionally authorised to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the 2006 Act)
of Ordinary shares of £0.10 each in the capital of the Company (“Shares”), provided that:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be purchased is 1,674,973;

the minimum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for a Share is £0.10;

the maximum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for a Share is the higher of:

(i)

(ii)

an  amount  equal  to  105  per  cent  of  the  average  of  the  middle  market  quotations  for  a
Share as derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange plc for the five
business days immediately preceding the day on which the purchase is made; and

an amount equal to the higher of the price of the last independent trade of a Share and
the highest current independent bid for a Share on the trading venue where the purchase
is carried out,

and (unless previously revoked, varied or renewed) this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next
annual  general  meeting  of  the  Company  after  the  passing  of  this  resolution  or  on  15th  October,  2020
(whichever is the earlier), save that the Company may enter into a contract to purchase Shares before this
authority expires under which such purchase will or may be completed or executed wholly or partly after this
authority expires and may make a purchase of Shares pursuant to any such contract as if this authority had
not expired.

13.

That a general meeting of the Company (other than an annual general meeting) may be called on not less
than 14 clear days’ notice.

By Order of the Board

………………………………………

David Kirkup
Secretary

21st June, 2019

Registered office:
Balby Carr Bank

Doncaster

DN4 8DH

63

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notice of Annual General Meeting
Continued 

Registered in England and Wales No. 00653735

Notes

Entitlement to attend and vote

1.

The  right  to  vote  at  the  meeting  is  determined  by  reference  to  the  register  of  members.  Only  those
shareholders registered in the register of members of the Company as at close of business on 10th July, 2019
(or, if the meeting is adjourned, no later than close of business two days prior to any adjourned meeting) shall
be entitled to attend and vote at the meeting in respect of the number of shares registered in their name at
that time. Changes to entries in the register of members after that time shall be disregarded in determining
the rights of any person to attend or vote (and the number of votes they may cast) at the meeting.

Proxies

2.

A shareholder is entitled to appoint another person as his or her proxy to exercise all or any of his or her
rights to attend and to speak and vote at the meeting. A proxy need not be a member of the Company.

3.

4.

A  shareholder  may  appoint  more  than  one  proxy  in  relation  to  the  meeting,  provided  that  each  proxy  is
appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by that shareholder. Failure to
specify the number of shares each proxy appointment relates to or specifying a number which when taken
together with the numbers of shares set out in the other proxy appointments is in excess of the number of
shares held by the shareholder may result in the proxy appointment being invalid.

A proxy may only be appointed in accordance with the procedures set out in notes 3 to 4 and the notes to the
proxy form.

The  appointment  of  a  proxy  will  not  preclude  a  shareholder  from  attending  and  voting  in  person  at  the
meeting.

A form of proxy is enclosed. When appointing more than one proxy, the proxy form may be photocopied. Please
indicate the proxy holder’s name and the number of shares in relation to which they are authorised to act as
your proxy (which, in aggregate, should not exceed the number of shares held by you). Please also indicate if
the  proxy  instruction  is  one  of  multiple  instructions  being  given. All  forms  must  be  signed  and  should  be
returned together in the same envelope.

To be valid, a proxy form must be received by post or (during normal business hours only) by hand at the
offices of the Company’s registrar, Link Asset Services, PXS, 34 Beckenham Road, Kent, BR3 4TU, no later
than 12 noon on 10th July, 2019 (or, if the meeting is adjourned, no later than 48 hours before the time of any
adjourned meeting).

CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies for the meeting (or any adjournment of it) through
the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so by using the procedures described in the CREST
Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who
have appointed a voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s),
who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate
CREST message (a “CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear
UK & Ireland Limited’s specifications and must contain the information required for such instructions, as
described  in  the  CREST  Manual.  The  message,  regardless  of  whether  it  constitutes  the  appointment  of  a
proxy or is an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy, must, in order to be valid,
be transmitted so as to be received by Link Asset Services (ID RA10) no later than 12 noon on 10th July, 2019
(or, if the meeting is adjourned, no later than 48 hours before the time of any adjourned meeting). For this
purpose,  the  time  of  receipt  will  be  taken  to  be  the  time  (as  determined  by  the  timestamp  applied  to  the
message by the CREST Applications Host) from which Capita Registrars is able to retrieve the message by
enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time, any change of instructions to proxies
appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee through other means.

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that
Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular
messages.  Normal  system  timings  and  limitations  will  therefore  apply  in  relation  to  the  input  of  CREST
Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member
is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure
that  his  or  her  CREST  sponsor  or  voting  service  provider(s)  take(s))  such  action  as  shall  be  necessary  to
ensure  that  a  message  is  transmitted  by  means  of  the  CREST  system  by  any  particular  time.  In  this

64

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notice of Annual General Meeting
Continued 

connection,  CREST  members  and,  where  applicable,  their  CREST  sponsors  or  voting  service  providers  are
referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST
system and timings. 

The Company may treat a CREST Proxy Instruction as invalid in the circumstances set out in Regulation
35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.

Corporate representatives

5.

A shareholder which is a corporation may authorise one or more persons to act as its representative(s) at the
meeting.  Each  such  representative  may  exercise  (on  behalf  of  the  corporation)  the  same  powers  as  the
corporation could exercise if it were an individual shareholder, provided that (where there is more than one
representative and the vote is otherwise than on a show of hands) they do not do so in relation to the same
shares.

Total voting rights

6.

As at 5th June, 2019, the Company’s issued share capital consists of 18,396,073 Ordinary shares of 10p each,
carrying one vote each. The Company holds 1,646,334 Ordinary shares in treasury. Therefore, the total voting
rights in the Company as at 5th June, 2019 are 16,749,739.

Nominated Persons

7.

Where a copy of this notice is being received by a person who has been nominated to enjoy information rights
under section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 (“2006 Act”) (“Nominated Person”):

(a)

(b)

the Nominated Person may have a right under an agreement between him/her and the shareholder
by whom he/she was nominated, to be appointed, or to have someone else appointed, as a proxy for
the meeting; or

if the Nominated Person has no such right or does not wish to exercise such right, he/she may have
a right under such an agreement to give instructions to the shareholder as to the exercise of voting
rights.

The statement of the rights of shareholders in relation to the appointment of proxies in notes 2 to 4 does not
apply to a Nominated Person. The rights described in such notes can only be exercised by shareholders of the
Company.

Questions at the meeting

8.

Shareholders have the right to ask questions at the meeting relating to the business being dealt with at the
meeting  in  accordance  with  section  319A  of  the  2006 Act.  The  Company  must  answer  any  such  question
unless:

(a)

(b)

to  do  so  would  interfere  unduly  with  the  preparation  for  the  meeting  or  would  involve  the
disclosure of confidential information; or

it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting that the question
be answered.

Documents available for inspection

9.

The following documents will be available for inspection during normal business hours at the registered office
of  the  Company  from  the  date  of  this  notice  until  the  time  of  the  meeting.  They  will  also  be  available  for
inspection at the place of the meeting from at least 15 minutes before the meeting until it ends

(a)

(b)

Copies of the service contracts of the executive directors; and

Particulars of transactions of directors in the shares of the Company.

Biographical details of directors

10.

11.

Biographical details of all those directors who are offering themselves for reappointment at the meeting are
set out in the Notice.

Dividend Warrants

Dividend  warrants  will  be  posted  on  25th  July,  2019  to  those  members  registered  on  the  books  of  the
Company on 21st June, 2019.

65

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

66

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

67

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

68

4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 1

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Contents

The year in brief

Chairman’s Statement

Directors

Advisors

Strategic report

Statement of directors’ responsibilities

Independent report of the auditors

Consolidated income statement

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Consolidated and company statement of changes in equity

Consolidated and company statements of financial position

Consolidated and company cash flow statements

Notes to the financial statements

Summary of Group results 2015 – 2019

Corporate governance statement

Audit committee report

Report of the directors

Directors’ remuneration report

List of subsidiaries

Notice of Annual General Meeting

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

14

14

15

16

17

18

48

49

52

54

58

60

62

4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 2

The year in brief

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

2019

Total

2018

Total

£000
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

£000

Revenue
68,085
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

77,708

Profit before taxation
4,039
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

4,787

20.5p
Earnings per share
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

23.1p

Dividends payable per share
8.25p
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

8.25p

Financial Calendar Key Dates

Annual Results Announced

Annual General Meeting

Final Dividend Payable

Half-Year Results Announced

Interim Dividend Payable

June

July

July

November

December

2

4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 3

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Chairman’s Statement

Results and Review 

For the year ending 27th April 2019, the result on a ‘like for like’ basis increased by 48% to £5.99m (2018 –
£4.04m) on revenue of £77.71m (2018 – 68.09m) an uplift of 14% on last year. On a similar basis, earnings per share
would have been 29.0p (2018- 20.5p) an increase of 41%.

However, after a one-off £1.2m charge for ‘guaranteed minimum pension equalisation’ (see note 8 of the notes
to the financial statements) the profit before taxation is reduced to £4.79m and earnings per share to 23.1p. Net cash
was £22.89m (2018 – £15.87m) an increase of 44% on last year. The value of the Group order book at year-end was
down on this time last year and there is very clear evidence, that many customers are reticent to place new orders
until their perceived specific requirements become critically essential. 

Reviewing  the  status  of  the  varied  markets  we  serve  and  responding  to  notable  changes  whether  they  be
positive or negative is clearly an important management function and one that we always take very seriously in a
thoroughly well informed, but also sensitive manner. 

Fortuitously, as a Group we are very well armed, as we align to the ups and downs of the global markets we
serve thanks to our diverse, profitable, international operations and a strong cash position, which supports those
major product and facility developments that are in hand.

A key element in our ‘Defence’ business strategy has been to increase our presence significantly within the
global  defence  market  so  that  we  can  effectively  counter  the  varied  current  constraints  on  UK  MoD  decisions
regarding  future  requirements  and  expenditure.  It  is  pleasing  to  report  that  once  again,  international  sales
accounted for the major component of revenue as we reap the benefits of our considerable investment in a substantial
number of new products aimed specifically at the global market.

‘Forgings’  had  a  10%  uplift  in  revenue  over  the  comparable  period,  overcoming  the  many  challenges  in
international markets posed by product imported from lower cost economies. Our strategic move last year to focus
on  manufacturing  in  the  United  States  has  been  exceptionally  well  received  in  a  country  where  domestically
manufactured  product  has  considerable  appeal  over  imported  goods.  This  maturing  investment  phase  is  also
enabling us to rationalise and re-position some of our UK production facilities, thereby better aligning our business
with the notable decline of fork-lift truck production in the UK.  

‘Petrol Station Superstructures’ enjoyed a significant upturn in activity with revenue increasing markedly
compared to the period of market weakness during the previous year. Largely this is being driven by the structural
transformation of traditional ‘petrol filling station’ sites, that were once almost exclusively selling fuel, into ones that
are distinct, local convenience stores and multiple food outlets with ample car parking – that also serve fuel. This
repositioning to a much broader retail offering has gathered substantial momentum across our customer base with
clear  benefits  for  the  division.  Furthermore,  a  much  higher  focus  by  management  and  the  team  on  improving  all
round performance brought its just rewards.

‘Petrol Station Branding’ division maintained an admirable performance in line with that of the previous
year. Here again the market is rapidly changing as the global oil companies continue to divest their estates to the
numerous groups of fuel retail ownership. As a result the established branding programmes of the vendors are subject
to  review  as  the  new  owners  determine  their  own  priorities,  fuel  suppliers  and  schedules  of  requirements.
Notwithstanding  such  significant  changes,  we  are  able  to  accommodate  and  support  the  priorities  of  these  new
customers  without  difficulty,  thanks  to  the  high  reputation  of  our  business.  Pleasingly,  our  substantial  activities
across much of mainland Europe are now gaining notable traction in the UK through our fledgling operation which
continues to prosper.

Outlook

This has been a creditable year of progress for the Group and we are encouraged by the good progress made
across the various businesses. However, we believe that we are approaching ‘very interesting times’. Despite our best
endeavours  in  corporate  product  development  and  international  marketing,  there  are  times,  such  as  now,  when
experience tells us some challenging external influences may come to bear on the business.

Nevertheless, recognising the challenges ahead of the game, is of course critical to maintain momentum. We
believe that we are fully aware of such circumstances and we will do whatever is necessary to overcome any hurdles
and protect at all times the Company’s past and future development.

We are committed to moving the business forward and have the resilience, experience, and dedication along

with a great team of people plus the financial resources to support and develop opportunities as they arise.

All matters considered the Board recommends the payment of a maintained final dividend of 6.5p per share,
making the total for the year of 8.25p (2018 – 8.25p). The final dividend is expected to be paid on 25th July, 2019 to
those shareholders on the register at the close of business on 21st June, 2019.

Michael Bell
5th June, 2019 

3

4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 4

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Directors

Directors

Executive

Michael Bell ARICS (Executive Chairman)

Michael O’Connell FCA (Finance)

Nicholas Bell

Non-executive

Roger Lane-Smith – Age 73

Appointed as a director on 21st January, 1983. He is a non-executive director of  Timpson Group plc, Lomond

Capital Partners, Mostyn Estates Limited and a number of other private companies.

David Pyle – Age 73

Appointed an executive director on 9th July, 1980. He  stepped down as an executive director on 27th April,

2013 and was appointed a non-executive director.

David Hansell – Age 73

Appointed  a  non-executive  director  on  3rd  June,  2014.  David  has  been  with  MS  INTERNATIONAL  plc,

working at MSI-Defence Systems Ltd since 1962, becoming managing director in 2002.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Company Secretary

David Kirkup FCA

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Registered Office

Balby Carr Bank

Doncaster

DN4 8DH

England
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Company Registration Number 00653735
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

4

4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 5

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Advisors

Independent Auditor

Grant Thornton UK LLP

1 Holly Street 

Sheffield

S1 2GT
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Registrars and Transfer Office

Link Asset Services

The Registry

34 Beckenham Road

Beckenham

Kent

BR3 4TU
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Solicitors

DLA Piper UK LLP 

1 St. Peter’s Square

Manchester 

M2 3DE
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Nominated Advisors

Shore Capital & Corporate Limited

Bond Street House

14 Clifford Street

London

W15 4JU
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Brokers

Shore Capital & Corporate Limited

Bond Street House

14 Clifford Street

London

W15 4JU
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Bankers

Lloyds Bank

First Floor

14 Church Street

Sheffield

S1 1HP
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

5

4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 6

Strategic report

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

This report should be read in conjunction with the Chairman’s Statement and the Corporate Governance Report.

Strategy

The Group’s long term strategy is to invest in people, products and processes to seek continuous improvement
in  its  four  diverse  operating  divisions:  ‘Defence’,  ‘Forgings’, ‘Petrol  Station  Superstructures’  and  ‘Petrol  Station
Branding’, each holding a leading position in its specialist market.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Business review

The Group is engaged in the design and manufacture of specialist engineering products and the provision of

related services.

A review of the operations of the Company and subsidiaries and their position at 27th April, 2019 are provided

in the Chairman’s Statement.

Segment  information  for  the  year  under  review  is  provided  in note  4  "Segment  Information"  to  the  Group

financial statements.

The Group profit before taxation amounted to £4.787m (2018 – £4.039m) after a provision for estimated past
service pension costs of £1.198m (2018 – £nil) relating to GMP equalisation. Details of the basis of the provision are
set out in note 21. Changes to this estimate will be shown as part of the movement in actuarial liability within the
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income in future years.

The uncertain indirect tax receivable of £615,000 from the Group’s operations in Germany was recovered in
full during the year. Consequently, the impairment provision of £615,000 made in the financial year ended 28 April,
2018 was released.

During the year, the parent company and US subsidiary company transferred its properties in the UK and

the USA to property holding companies in both jurisdictions.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Principal risks and uncertainties

The  principal  risk  and  uncertainties  facing  the  Group  relate  to  levels  of  customer  demand  for  the  Group’s
products  and  services.  Customer  demand  is  driven  mainly  by  general  economic  conditions  but  also  by  pricing,
product quality and delivery performance of MS INTERNATIONAL plc and in comparison with our competitors. 

There continues to be considerable uncertainty in relation to the UK’s future trading relationship with the EU.

The  Group  already  has  operations  within  the  EU  in  its  ‘Petrol  Station  Superstructures’  business  and  its
‘Petrol Station Branding’ business. The ‘Defence’ business operates in a worldwide market and many of its customers
and suppliers are not in the EU.

The  overseas  businesses  of  the  ‘Forgings’  division  operate  in  the  USA,  Brazil  and  Argentina.  The  main
suppliers to UK ‘Forgings’ are based in the UK or non-EU countries. However, it does supply products to fork lift
truck manufacturers within the EU. Any changes to the UK’s future trading relationship with the EU may have an
adverse  impact  on  these  customer  supply  arrangements,  albeit  limited  in  the  context  of  the  Group’s  overall
international trading profile.

The Board are monitoring the likely impact of how changes in the UK’s trading relationship with the EU will affect

the different parts of the Group and preparations have been made to take appropriate action if, and when, required.

Sterling  exchange  rates  against  other  currencies  can  influence  pricing.  The  principal  financial  risks  and

uncertainties in the business are set out in note 23 "Financial Instruments" to these Group financial statements. 

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Key performance indicators

Revenue
Profit before taxation
Earnings per share

2019

£000

77,708
4,787
23.1p

2018

£000

68,085
4,039
20.5p

Change

%

14.1
18.5
12.7

A review of the changes in the key performance indicators is provided in the Chairman’s Statement.

6

4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 7

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Strategic report

Cash flow

The  Group  cash  inflow  from  operating  activities  was  £9.07m  (2018  –  £2.97m).  This  was before capital
expenditure  of  £0.89m  (2018  –  £1.11m)  of  which,  £0.35m  was  incurred  on  increasing  capacity  at  the  recently
constructed US forks manufacturing facility, which commenced production during the previous financial year.

Research  and  development  costs  of  £0.96m  (2018  –  £1.12m)  was  expended  during  the  year,  primarily  on
continuing enhancement of the portfolio of small calibre naval weapon systems the ‘Defence’ business offers to its
worldwide customer base.

Closing  cash  and  cash  equivalents  reached  a  record  £22.9m  (2018  –  £15.87m)  including  customer  progress

payments on account of £13.65m (2018 – £14.48m).

The Group has an unutilised UK overdraft facility of £4.8m. This, together with the closing cash and cash
equivalents of £22.9m, puts the Group in a good position to continue to invest in people, products and processes in
each  of  its  diverse  operating  divisions,  to  deliver  value  over  the  medium  to  long  term  to  shareholders  and  other
stakeholders.

By order of the Board,

David Kirkup
Secretary

5th June, 2019

7

4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 8

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Statement of directors’ responsibilities

The  directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the Annual  Report  and  the  financial  statements  in  accordance
with applicable United Kingdom law and regulations. Company law requires the directors to prepare such financial
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the directors have prepared Group financial statements under
IFRSs  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union,  and  the  directors'  have  elected  to  prepare  Parent  Company  financial
statements under IFRSs as adopted by the European Union.

Under company law the directors must not approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a
true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for
that period. In preparing those financial statements, the directors are required to:

select suitable accounting policies  and then apply them consistently;

present  information,  including  accounting  policies,  in  a  manner  that  provides  relevant,  reliable,
comparable and understandable information;

make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent;

state whether the Group and Parent Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with  IFRSs  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union,  subject  to  any  material  departures  disclosed  and
explained in the financial statements; and

prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that
the Parent Company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain
the  Group  and  Parent  Company’s  transactions  and  disclose  with  reasonable  accuracy  at  any  time  the  financial
position of the Group and Parent Company and to enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with
the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Parent Company
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The maintenance and integrity of the MS INTERNATIONAL plc website is the responsibility of the directors.

8

(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 9

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Independent auditor’s report to the members of MS INTERNATIONAL plc

Opinion

Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified

We  have  audited  the  financial  statements  of  MS  INTERNATIONAL  plc  (the  ‘parent  company’)  and  its
subsidiaries  (the  ‘group’)  for  the  52  week  period  ended  27  April  2019  which  comprise  the  Consolidated  income
statement,  the  Consolidated  statement  of  comprehensive  income,  the  Consolidated  and  company  statement  of
changes in equity, the Consolidated and company statements of financial position, the Consolidated and company
cash flow statements and notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies.
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and International
Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRSs)  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union  and,  as  regards  the  parent  company
financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

In our opinion:

the  financial  statements  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the  group’s  and  of  the  parent  company’s
affairs as at 27 April 2019 and of the group’s profit for the period then ended;

the  group  financial  statements  have  been  properly  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRSs  as  adopted  by  the
European Union;

the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted
by the European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International  Standards  on  Auditing  (UK)  (ISAs  (UK))  and
applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s responsibilities for
the audit of the financial statements’ section of our report. We are independent of the group and the parent company
in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK,
including  the  FRC’s  Ethical  Standard  as  applied  to  listed  entities,  and  we  have  fulfilled  our  other  ethical
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our

opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the ISAs (UK) require us to

report to you where:

the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not
appropriate; or

the directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may
cast significant doubt about the group’s or the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern
basis of accounting for a period of at least twelve months from the date when the financial statements are
authorised for issue.

Overview of our audit approach

Overall materiality: £380,000, which represents 1.8% of the group’s gross profit;

Key audit matters were identified as:

–

–

Non-contract revenue has a potential for misstatement

Contract revenue has a potential for misstatement

Audit scope:

–

–

–

–

A  full  scope  audit  was  performed  of  the  financial  statements  of  the  company,  and  all  components
determined to be significant.

A specified audit procedures approach was adopted for components not considered to be significant. 

We carried out analytical procedures for the remaining components.

The components where we performed full or specified audit procedures accounted for 98% of revenue
and 98% of gross profit.

9

(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 10

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Independent auditor’s report to the members of MS INTERNATIONAL plc
Continued

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit
of  the  financial  statements  of  the  current  period  and  include  the  most  significant  assessed  risks  of  material
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These matters included those that had the greatest
effect  on:  the  overall  audit  strategy,  the  allocation  of  resources  in  the  audit;  and  directing  the  efforts  of  the
engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole
and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key Audit Matter – Group and parent

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Non-contract  revenue  has  a  potential 
misstatement

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

for

How the matter was addressed in the audit – Group and
parent

Non-contract  revenue  is  a  major  driver  of  the
business  and  there  is  a  potential  for  material
misstatement  particularly  in  relation  to  revenue
being  recorded  in  the  wrong  period  due  to  cut  off
errors or management bias.

We  therefore  identified  the  misstatement  of  non-
contract  revenue  as  a  significant  risk,  which  was
one  of  the  most  significant  assessed  risks  of
material misstatement.

Key Audit Matter - Group and parent

performing  walkthroughs  to  understand  the  design
and  implementation  of  controls  for  the  recording  of
revenue

performing  an  assessment  of  whether  the  revenue
recognition policy is in accordance with International
Financial  Reporting  Standard  15  ‘Revenue  from
Contracts  with  Customers’  (IFRS  15),  by  comparing
policies  to  IFRS  15  requirements,  assessing  the
disclosures made and testing a sample of the revenue
recorded  in  the  period  for  adherence  to  the  policy
adopted

testing  items  of  revenue  around  the  year  end  to
ensure it is recorded in the correct period

testing  a  sample  of  revenue  transactions  to
corroborative documentation.

The group’s accounting policy on recognition of revenue is
shown  in  note 2 to  the  financial  statements  and  related
disclosures are included in note 3. 

Key observations

Based on the work we have undertaken we have not found
any  material  misstatements  in  non-contract  revenue
recognition.

How  the  matter  was  addressed  in  the  audit  -  Group  and
parent

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Contract revenue has a potential for misstatement

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to: 

Contract revenue is a major driver of the business
and  there  is  potential  for  material  misstatement
particularly  within  the  Defence  division  (group)
and Petrol Station Superstructures division (group
and  parent  company)  in  relation  to  the  timing  of
recognition of revenue due to error or management
bias.

We  therefore  identified  the  misstatement  of
contract  revenue  as  a  significant  risk,  which  was
one  of  the  most  significant  assessed  risks  of
material misstatement.

performing  walkthroughs  to  understand  the  design
and  implementation  of  controls  for  the  recording  of
revenue

performing  an  assessment  of  whether  the  revenue
recognition  policy  is  in  accordance  with  IFRS  15,  by
comparing  policies  to  IFRS  15  requirements,
assessing the disclosures made and testing a sample
of the revenue recorded in the period for adherence to
the policy adopted

testing a sample of revenue transactions to customer
contracts  and  orders  to  assess  that  the  revenue  has
been recognised in line with the contractual terms.

The  group’s  accounting  policy  on  recognition  of  revenue
from  contracts  is  shown  in  note 2 to  the  financial
statements and related disclosures are included in note 3. 

Key observations

Based on the work we have undertaken we have not found
any  material  misstatements 
in  contract  revenue
recognition.

10

(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 11

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Independent auditor’s report to the members of MS INTERNATIONAL plc
Continued

Our application of materiality

We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable
that  the  economic  decisions  of  a  reasonably  knowledgeable  person  would  be  changed  or  influenced.  We  use
materiality  in  determining  the  nature,  timing  and  extent  of  our  audit  work  and  in  evaluating  the  results  of  that
work.

Materiality was determined as follows:

Materiality measure
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Parent

Group

Financial statements as a whole

benchmark 

£380,000  which  is  1.8%  of  gross
profit.  This 
is
considered  the  most  appropriate
because  this  is  the  most  relevant
performance  measure  to  the
stakeholders of the Group.

£304,000  which  is  1.4%  of  gross
profit,  capped  at  component
materiality which is 80% of group
materiality.  This  benchmark  is
considered  the  most  appropriate
because  this  is  the  most  relevant
performance  measure  to  the
stakeholders 
the  parent
of 
company.

Performance  materiality  used  to
drive the extent of our testing

60%  of 
materiality.

financial 

statement

60%  of 
materiality.

financial 

statement

Specific materiality

We  determined  a  lower  level  of
specific  materiality  for  certain
directors’
areas 
remuneration  and  all  other
related party transactions. 

such 

as 

We  determined  a  lower  level  of
specific  materiality  for  certain
directors’
areas 
remuneration  and  all  other
related party transactions.

such 

as 

Communication of misstatements
to the audit committee

£19,000 and misstatements below
that  threshold  that,  in  our  view,
warrant  reporting  on  qualitative
grounds.

£15,000 and misstatements below
that  threshold  that,  in  our  view,
warrant  reporting  on  qualitative
grounds.

An overview of the scope of our audit

Our audit approach was a risk-based approach founded on a thorough understanding of the group’s business,

its environment and risk profile and in particular included:

an evaluation by the group audit team of identified components to assess the significance of that component
and to determine the planned audit response based on a measure of materiality. We based our assessment as
to the significance of the components by reference to the percentage of the group’s total assets, revenues and
profit before taxation. We did not identify any significant components based on qualitative factors, such as
specific uses or concerns over specific components

we conducted planning and interim visits, and evaluated the group’s internal controls environment including
its IT systems and controls

we also visited the previous auditors and reviewed their files

in assessing the risk of material misstatement, we evaluated the risk associated with the components of the
group and selected 9 components for full scope audit or specified audit procedures. We performed full scope
audit procedures on 4 of these components and specified audit procedures on the remaining 5 components.
Full scope audit procedures were performed for entities comprising 84% of external revenues and 84% of gross
profit. Specified audit procedures, including over revenue, were performed over components accounting for a
further 14% of revenue and 14% of gross profit.

All  audit  work  was  performed  by  Grant  Thornton  including  overseas  firms  in  the  Grant  Thornton
International Network. We issued group instructions to one component auditor. The group audit team were involved
in the risk assessment of this component and reviewed workpapers for the significant risk areas and this was the
only component where the group audit team were not included as part of the component audit team.

11

(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 12

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Independent auditor’s report to the members of MS INTERNATIONAL plc
Continued

Other information

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information.  The  other  information  comprises  the  information
included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on
the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in
our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or
our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material
inconsistencies  or  apparent  material  misstatements,  we  are  required  to  determine  whether  there  is  a  material
misstatement in the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work
we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to
report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

the information given in the strategic report and the report of the directors for the financial period for which
the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

the strategic report and the report of the directors have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal
requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report under the Companies Act 2006

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment
obtained  in  the  course  of  the  audit,  we  have  not  identified  material  misstatements  in  the  strategic  report  or  the
report of the directors.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006

requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit
have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the statement of directors’ responsibilities on page 8, the directors are responsible
for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for
such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the parent
company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using
the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

12

(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
(cid:1)
4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 13

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Independent auditor’s report to the members of MS INTERNATIONAL plc
Continued

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error
and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial
Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s
report.

Use of our report

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of
the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s
members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Michael Redfern
Senior Statutory Auditor
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP
Statutory Auditor, Chartered Accountants
Sheffield

5 June 2019

13

4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 14

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Consolidated income statement
For the 52 weeks ended 27th April, 2019

Continuing operations

2018
Total
£000
68,085 
Revenue
Cost of sales
(49,903)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
18,182 
Gross profit
Distribution costs
(3,383)
(10,546)
Administrative expenses

2019
Total
£000
77,708
(56,131)

21,577
(3,537)
(11,846)

Notes

3/4

4/5
8

(15,383)

6,194
(1,198)

(13,929)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
4,253 
Past service pension costs
–
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
4,253 
Group operating profit
Interest received
51 
Interest paid
(82)
(183)
Other finance costs – pensions
(214)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
4,039 
Profit before taxation
Taxation
(653)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
Profit for the period attributable to equity holders of the parent
3,386 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
Earnings per share: basic and diluted
20.5p
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

4,996
93
(116)
(186)
(209)

4/5
7
7
21

4,787
(975)

3,812

23.1p

10

9

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the 52 weeks ended 27th April, 2019

2019
Total
£000

2018
Total
£000

3,812

3,386 
Profit for the period attributable to equity holders of the parent
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
Exchange differences on retranslation of foreign operations
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
(175)
Net other comprehensive loss to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
858
Remeasurement gains on defined benefit pension scheme
(146) 
Deferred taxation on remeasurement on defined benefit scheme
Revaluation surplus on land and buildings
Deferred taxation on revaluation surplus on land and buildings
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
Net other comprehensive income not being reclassified to profit or loss
2,510
in subsequent periods
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
5,721 
Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to equity holders of the parent
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

403
(69)
–
–

(254) 

(175) 

3,904

2,052

(242)

(242)

334

14

4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 15

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Consolidated and company statement of changes in equity 

(a)  Group
At 29th April, 2017

Capital
Share redemption
reserve
capital
£000
£000

Other Revaluation
reserve
£000

reserves
£000

Share Currrency
Premium translation
reserve
£000

account
£000

Treasury
shares
£000

Total
Retained shareholders’
earnings
funds
£000
£000

1,840 

901 

2,815 

4,257 

1,629 

696 

(3,059) 19,962 

29,041

–

–

–

–

Profit for the period
Other comprehensive
income/(loss)
Total comprehensive
–
income/(loss)
5,721
Dividends paid (note 11)
–
(1,362)
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
At 28th April, 2018
33,400
IFRS 15 adjustment (note 2)
(144)

(3,059) 22,698 
(144)

4,098 
(1,362)

1,798 
–

2,815 
–

6,055 
–

1,629 
–

1,840 
–

(175)
–

901 
–

521 
–

3,386 

1,798 

3,386

2,335

(175)

712 

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Profit for the period
Other comprehensive
income/(loss)
Total comprehensive
–
income/(loss)
3,904
Dividends paid (note 11)
–
(1,362)
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
35,798 
At 27th April, 2019
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

(3,059) 25,338 

4,146 
(1,362)

(242)
–

1,840 

1,629 

2,815 

6,055 

3,812 

3,812

(242)

901 

279 

334 

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

92

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(b) Company
At 29th April, 2017

1,840 

901 

1,565 

4,351 

1,629 

–

(3,059) 18,745 

25,972

–
Profit for the period
532
–
Other comprehensive income
2,416
–
Total comprehensive income
2,948
Dividends paid (note 11)
–
(1,362)
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
At 28th April, 2018
27,558
IFRS 15 adjustment (note 2)
(144)

(3,059) 18,627 
(144)

532 
712 
1,244 
(1,362)

–
1,704 
1,704 
–

1,629 
–

6,055 
–

1,565 
–

1,840 
–

901 
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

6,055 
Reserve transfer (note 12(e))
–  
–
Loss for the period
(233)
–
Other comprehensive income
334
–
Total comprehensive income
101
Dividends paid (note 11)
–
(1,362)
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
At 27th April, 2019
26,153
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

(6,055)
–
–
–
–

–
(233)
334 
101 
(1,362)

(3,059) 17,222 

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

1,840 

7,620 

1,629 

901 

–

–

15

4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 16

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Consolidated and company statements of financial position
At 27th April, 2019

Group

Company

2019

£000

2018

£000

2019

£000

2018

£000

Notes

ASSETS
Non-current assets
14,043 
12
Property, plant and equipment
13
Intangible assets
–  
14
Investments in subsidiaries
15,204 
Deferred income tax asset
15
1,092
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
30,339
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

20,766 
4,893 
–
1,092 

1,265
–
15,036
1,241

20,426
4,483
–
1,156

26,751 

26,065

17,542

Current assets
1,017 
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
10,003 
Income tax receivable
–  
Prepayments
335 
Cash and cash equivalents
18
– 
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
11,355
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
41,694
TOTAL ASSETS
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

11,666 
14,617 
114
1,127 
15,866 

1,462
22,489
21
299
–

12,624
7,044
44
1,774
22,886

70,141 

43,390 

70,437

24,271

41,813

44,372

16
17

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
1,840 
Share capital
Capital redemption reserve
901 
Other reserves
1,565 
Revaluation reserve
6,055 
Share premium account
1,629 
Currency translation reserve
–  
Treasury shares
(3,059)
Profit/(loss) for the period
531 
Retained earnings
18,096
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
27,558
TOTAL EQUITY SHAREHOLDERS' FUNDS
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

1,840 
901 
2,815 
6,055 
1,629 
521 
(3,059)
3,386 
19,312 

1,840
901
7,620
–
1,629
–
(3,059)
(233)
17,455

1,840
901
2,815
6,055
1,629
279
(3,059)
3,812
21,526

19
20
20
20
20
20
20

33,400 

26,153

35,798

Non-current liabilities
6,421 
21
Defined benefit pension liability
Deferred income tax liability
15
1,154
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
7,575
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

6,421 
1,625 

6,802
–

6,802
1,567

8,046 

8,369

6,802

Current liabilities
342 
Bank overdraft
Trade and other payables
6,204 
Income tax payable
15 
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
6,561
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
41,694
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

–
28,052 
643 

–
25,375
895

582
8,276
–

70,141 

28,695 

70,437

26,270

41,813

8,858

18
22

These accounts and notes on pages 14 to 47 were approved by the Board of Directors on 5th June, 2019, and

signed on its behalf by

Michael Bell,
Executive Chairman

Michael O’Connell,
Finance Director 

16

4164 - MSI R+A 001_1  14/06/2019  09:27  Page 17

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Consolidated and company cash flow statements
For the 52 weeks ended 27th April, 2019

Group

Company

2019

£000

2018

£000

2019

£000

2018

£000

Note

Profit/(loss) before taxation 

4,787

4,039 

(312)

488 

14

12
13

–  
–  
708 
–  

–
–
1,266 
507 

1,198
(144)
1,318
375

1,198
(144)
551
–

Adjustments to reconcile profit before taxation
to net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities
Past service pension costs
IFRS 15 working capital adjustment
Depreciation charge 
Amortisation charge
Net increase/(reversal) of impairment in investment
in subsidiary undertaking
(213)
Profit on sale of fixed assets
(84)
Dividends received
(360)
Finance costs
232 
Foreign exchange losses
–  
Increase in inventories
241 
Decrease/(increase) in receivables
(1,530)
(Increase)/decrease in prepayments
489 
(Decrease)/increase in payables
(6,281)
213 
(Decrease)/increase in progress payments
Pension fund payments
(389)
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
(6,486)
Cash generated from/(invested in) operating activities
Net interest paid
(49)
Taxation paid
(89)
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
(6,624)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities
Investing activities
(652)
Investment in MSI- Forks Inc.
Dividends received from subsidiaries
360 
14
Transfer of net assets to MSI-Defence Systems Ltd.
(5,127)
12
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(568)
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment
12
105 
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
(5,882)
Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

–
(113)
–
214 
(74)
(1,521)
(3,224)
(184)
2,679 
(91)
(389)

–
(80)
–
209
(460)
(958)
7,573
(647)
(1,849)
(828)
(600)

168
(60)
(690)
249
–
(445)
(1,384)
36
1,992
80
(600)

–
–
–
(1,106)
157 

–
–
–
(891)
199

–
690
–
(284)
176

9,894
(23)
(797)

3,109 
(31)
(111)

639
(63)
(36)

2,967 

9,074

(692)

(949)

582

540

Financing activities
(1,362)
11
Dividends paid
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
(1,362)
Net cash outflow from financing activities
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
(13,868)
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
13,526
Opening cash and cash equivalents/(bank overdraft)
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222
(342)
18
Closing cash and cash equivalents/(bank overdraft)
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222

656 
15,210 

7,020
15,866

(240)
(342)

15,866 

(1,362)

(1,362)

(1,362)

(1,362)

22,886

(1,362)

(1,362)

(582)

17

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
For the 52 weeks ended 27th April, 2019

1

Authorisation of financial statements and statement of compliance with IFRSs

The Group’s and Company’s financial statements of MS INTERNATIONAL plc (the ‘Company’) for the year
ended 27th April, 2019 were authorised for issue by the board of the directors on 5th June, 2019 and the statements
of  financial  position  were  signed  on  the  board’s  behalf  by  Michael  Bell  and  Michael  O’Connell.  MS
INTERNATIONAL  plc  is  a  public  limited  company  incorporated  and  domiciled  in  England  and  Wales.  The
Company’s Ordinary shares are traded on the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange.

The  Group’s  and  Company’s  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU as they apply to the financial statements of the Group and
Company for the year ended 27th April, 2019 applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption provided under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006

not to publish its individual income statement and related notes.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

2

Accounting policies

Basis of preparation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  pounds  sterling  and  all  values  are  rounded  to  the

nearest thousand (£000) except when otherwise indicated.

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  judgements,  estimates  and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported for assets and liabilities as at the statement of financial position date
and the amounts reported for revenues and expenses during the year. However, the nature of estimation means that
actual outcomes could differ from those estimates. The following judgements have had the most significant effect on
amounts recognised in the financial statements:

Contract revenue

Judgement  is  required  in  determining  the  treatment  of  revenue  recognition.  This  assessment  is  detailed

further in the accounting policy for revenue. 

The  following  estimates  have  had  the  most  significant  effect  on  amounts  recognised  in  the  financial

statements:

Measurement of defined benefits obligations requires estimation of future changes in salaries and inflation,
as well as mortality rates and the selection of a suitable discount rate. The calculation of GMP equalisation included
estimation of the related past service pension costs (see note 21).

Impairment of non-financial assets

The Group’s impairment test for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives is based either on
fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  or  a  value  in  use  calculation.  The  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  calculation  is  based  on
available data from binding sales transactions in an arm’s length transaction on similar assets or observable market
prices less incremental costs for disposing of the asset. The value in use calculation is based on a discounted cash
flow model (see note 13).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Basis of consolidation 

Up  until  27th April, 2019,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  comprises  the  financial  statements  of  MS
INTERNATIONAL plc and its subsidiaries as at the Saturday nearest to the 30th April each period. The financial
statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent Company, using consistent
accounting policies.

With effect from the financial year commencing 28th April, 2019, the consolidated financial statements will
be to 30th April, for each accounting year thereafter. The financial statements of the subsidiaries will be prepared
for the same reporting period as the parent Company, using consistent accounting policies.

All intra-group balances, transactions, income and expenses and profits and losses resulting from intra-group

transactions that are recognised in assets, are eliminated in full.

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date of acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains

control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases.

Change in accounting policies

There were no changes in accounting policies during the year or in the prior year which impacted the Group.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

18

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued

2

Accounting policies (continued)

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries

In  its  separate  financial  statements  the  Company’s  investments  in  subsidiaries  are  carried  at  cost  less

provision for impairment.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Foreign currency translation

The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds sterling which is the Company’s functional and
presentation currency. Each entity in the Group determines its own functional currency and items included in the
financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency. Transactions in foreign currencies
are  initially  recorded  at  the  functional  currency  rate  ruling  at  the  date  of  the  transaction.  Monetary  assets  and
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the functional currency rate of exchange ruling at
the  statement  of  financial  position  date. All  differences  are  taken  to  the  income  statement. Non-monetary  items
measured at fair value in foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value
was determined.

The main functional currencies of the Group’s overseas subsidiaries are the US Dollar, the Euro, the Polish
Zloty  and  the  Brazilian  Real. As  at  the  reporting  date,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  overseas  subsidiaries  are
translated into the presentation currency of the Group at the rate of exchange ruling at the statement of financial
position date and their income statements are translated at the weighted average exchange rates for the year. The
exchange differences arising on the retranslation are taken directly to a separate component of equity. On disposal
of a foreign entity, the deferred cumulative amount recognised in equity relating to that particular foreign operation
is recognised in the income statement.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Property, plant and equipment

Plant  and  equipment  is  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  accumulated  impairment  losses.

Such cost includes costs directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended.

Land and buildings are recognised initially at cost and thereafter carried at fair value less depreciation and
impairment  charged  subsequent  to  the  date  of  the  revaluation.  Fair  value  is  based  on  periodic  valuations  by  an
external independent valuer and is determined from market-based evidence by appraisal. Valuations are performed
frequently  enough  to  ensure  that  the  fair  value  of  a  revalued  asset  does  not  differ  materially  from  its  carrying
amount.

Any revaluation surplus is credited to the revaluation reserve in equity except to the extent that it reverses
a decrease in the carrying value of the same asset previously recognised in profit or loss, in which case the increase
is  recognised  in  the  income  statement. A  revaluation  deficit  is  recognised  in  the  income  statement,  except  to  the
extent of any existing surplus in respect of that asset in the revaluation reserve.

Additionally,  accumulated  depreciation  as  at  revaluation  date  is  eliminated  against  the  gross  carrying
amount  of  the  asset  and  the  net  amount  is  restated  to  the  revalued  amount  of  the  asset.  Upon  disposal  any
revaluation reserve relating to the particular asset being sold is transferred to retained earnings.

Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land, at rates calculated
to write off the cost, less estimated residual value based on prices prevailing at the statement of financial position
date, of each asset evenly over its expected useful life as follows:

Property other than freehold land – over 50 years

Plant and machinery – over 3 to 10 years

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes

in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

19

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued

2

Accounting policies (continued)

Intangible assets

Intangible  assets  acquired  separately  are  measured  at  cost  on  initial  recognition.  Following  initial
recognition,  intangible  assets  are  carried  at  cost  less  any  accumulated  amortisation  and  impairment  losses.
Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalised development costs, are not capitalised and expenditure
is reflected in the income statement in the year in which the expenditure is incurred. The useful lives of intangible
assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment
whenever  there  is  an  indication  that  the  intangible  asset  may  be  impaired.  The  amortisation  period  and  the
amortisation  method  are  reviewed  at  least  at  each  financial  year  end.  Changes  in  the  expected  useful  life  or  the
expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset is accounted for by changing the
amortisation period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates.

The useful economic lives of each tangible asset with finite lives are as follows:-

Tradename – over 10 to 20 years

Design database – over 10 years

Customer relationships – over 8 to 10 years

Software costs – over 3 to 5 years

Non - compete agreement – over 3 years

Order backlog – over 1 year

Development costs – over 5 years

The only intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are goodwill and these assets are tested for impairment
annually  either  individually  or  at  the  cash  generating  unit  level  and  are  not  amortised.  The  useful  life  of  an
intangible  asset  with  an  indefinite  life  is  reviewed  annually  to  determine  whether  indefinite  life  assessment
continues to be supportable. If not, the change in the useful life assessment from indefinite to finite is made on a
prospective basis. 

For  impairment  assessment  purposes,  assets  are  grouped  at  the  lowest  levels  for  which  there  are  largely
independent cash inflows (cash-generating units). As a result, some assets are tested individually for impairment
and  some  are  tested  at  cash-generating  unit  level.  Goodwill  is  allocated  to  those  cash-generating  units  that  are
expected to benefit from synergies of a related business combination and represent the lowest level within the Group
at which management monitors goodwill.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the
net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the income statement when the
asset is derecognised.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Leased assets - operating leases

Where  the  Group  is  a  lessee,  payments  on  operating  lease  agreements  are  recognised  as  an  expense  on  a

straight line basis over the lease term.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Research and development

Costs relating to research are charged to the income statement as incurred.

Costs  that  are  directly  attributable  to projects’ development  phase  are  recognised  as  intangible  assets,

provided they meet the following recognition requirements:

the development costs can be measured reliably.

the project is technically and commercially feasible.

the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to complete the project.

the Group has the ability to use or sell the asset.

the asset will generate probable future economic benefits.

Development costs not meeting these criteria for capitalisation are expensed as incurred.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

20

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued

2

Accounting policies (continued)

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of historic cost and net realisable value.

Costs incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition is accounted for as follows:

Raw materials — purchase cost on a first-in, first-out basis.

Finished goods and work in progress — cost of direct materials and labour and a proportion of manufacturing

overheads based on normal operating capacity but excluding borrowing costs.

Net  realisable  value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  less  estimated  costs

necessary to make the sale.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables, which generally have 30 day terms, are recognised and carried at original invoice amount
less an allowance for any uncollectable amounts based on expected credit losses. These are the expected shortfalls
in contractual cash flows, considering the potential for default at any point during the lifetime of the receivable. The
Group use it’s historical experience, external indicators and forward looking information to make this assessment.
Trade receivables are classified as financial assets measured as amortised cost (previously classified as loans and
receivables under IAS 39).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Treasury shares

Own shares held by the Company and Group are classified in equity and are recognised at cost. No gain or

loss is recognised on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Group’s own equity instruments.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank, on short term deposit

and in hand.

For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash

equivalents as defined above.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are initially regarded at their fair value and thereafter at amortised cost using the
effective interest rate method. Trade payables are classified as financial liabilities at amortised cost under IFRS 9
(previously classified as financial liabilities at amortised cost under IAS 39).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Pension schemes

The  cost  of  providing  benefits  under  the  defined  benefit  plan  is  determined  using  the  projected  unit  credit
method, which attributes entitlement to benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost) and to the
current  and  prior  periods  (to  determine  the  present  value  of  defined  benefit  obligation)  and  is  based  on  actuarial
advice. Past service costs are recognised in the income statement immediately. When a settlement (eliminating all
obligations  for  benefits  already  accrued)  or  a  curtailment  (reducing  future  obligations  as  a  result  of  a  material
reduction  in  the  scheme  membership  or  a  reduction  in  future  entitlement)  occurs  the  obligation  and  related  plan
assets are remeasured using current actuarial assumptions and the resultant gain or loss recognised in the income
statement during the period in which the settlement or curtailment occurs.

The interest element of the defined benefit cost represents the change in present value of scheme obligations
resulting from the passage of time, and is determined by applying the discount rate to the opening present value of
the benefit obligation, taking into account material changes in the obligation during the year. Remeasurement gains
and losses are recognised in full in the statement of recognised income and expense in the period in which they occur.
Actual gains/losses less amount included in net interest costs are included in other comprehensive income. 

21

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

2

Accounting policies (continued)

Pension schemes (continued)

The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the statement of financial position comprises the total for each
plan  of  the  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit  obligation  (using  a  discount  rate  based  on  high  quality  corporate
bonds) less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to be settled directly. Fair value is based on
market price information and in the case of quoted securities is the published bid price. The value of a net pension
benefit  asset  is  restricted  to  the  sum  of  the  present  value  of  any  amount  the  Group  expects  to  recover  by  way  of
refunds from the plan or reductions in the future contributions.

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised in the income statement in the period in which

they become payable.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured
as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value and the amount of any
non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The choice of measurement of non-controlling interest, either at fair value
or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets is determined on a transaction by transaction
basis. Acquisition costs incurred are expensed and included in administrative expenses.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate
classification  and  designation  in  accordance  with  the  contractual  terms,  economic  circumstances  and  pertinent
conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts by the
acquiree. 

Any  contingent  consideration  to  be  transferred  by  the  acquirer  will  be  recognised  at  fair  value  at  the
acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration which is deemed to be an asset
or liability will be recognised in accordance with IFRS 9 either in the income statement or in other comprehensive
income. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it should not be remeasured until it is finally settled
within equity.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost being the excess of the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of
the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for the non-controlling interest (and where the business
combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in
the acquiree) over the net identifiable amounts of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in exchange for the
business  combination.  Assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  in  transactions  separate  to  the  business
combinations, such as the settlement of pre-existing relationships or post-acquisition remuneration arrangements
are accounted for separately from the business combination in accordance with their nature and applicable IFRSs.
Identifiable intangible assets, meeting either the contractual-legal or separability criterion are recognised separately
from  goodwill.  Contingent  liabilities  representing  a  present  obligation  are  recognised  if  the  acquisition-  date  fair
value can be measured reliably.

If the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised
for the non-controlling interest (and where the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition-date fair
value  of  the  acquirer’s  previously  held  equity  interest  in  the  acquiree)  is  lower  than  the  fair  value  of  the  assets,
liabilities and contingent liabilities and the fair value of any pre-existing interest held in the business acquired, the
difference is recognised in the income statement.

After  initial  recognition,  goodwill  is  measured  at  cost  less  any  accumulated  impairment  losses.  For  the
purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated
to each of the Group’s cash-generating units (or groups of cash-generating units) that are expected to benefit from
the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units. Each
unit or group of units to which goodwill is allocated shall represent the lowest level within the entity at which the
goodwill  is  monitored  for  internal  management  purposes  and  not  be  larger  than  an  operating  segment  before
aggregation.

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of,
the  goodwill  associated  with  the  operation  disposed  of  is  included  in  the  carrying  amount  of  the  operation  when
determining  the  gain  or  loss  on  disposal  of  the  operation.  Goodwill  disposed  of  in  this  circumstance  is  measured
based on the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

22

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

2

Accounting policies (continued)

Revenue

Revenue arises from the following services provided to customers and sale of products:

The design and manufacture of defence equipment (Defence).

The manufacture of fork-arms and open die forgings (Forgings).

The design, manufacture and construction of petrol station superstructures (Petrol Station Superstructures).

The  design,  restyling,  production  and  installation  of  the  complete  appearance  of  petrol  station
superstructures and forecourts (Petrol Station Branding).

To determine whether to recognise revenue, the Group follows the five steps required when applying IFRS 15:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Identifying the contract with the customer.

Identifying the separate performance obligations specified within each contract.

Determining the transaction price specified within each contract.

Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligation identified.

Recognising revenue once the performance obligation have been satisfied.

Revenue is recognised either at a point in time or over time, when the performance obligations are satisfied.

The  Group  recognises  contract  liabilities  (progress  payments)  for  consideration  received  in  respect  of

unsatisfied performance obligations and reports these as other liabilities in the Statement of financial position.

Revenues classified as sale of goods are recognised at the point in time when the goods are delivered. Revenue
classified as contract revenue includes revenue recognised at the point in time when the performance obligation has
been satisfied. Certain contracts include terms which mean that revenue is recognised over time. The cash flow for
this  consideration  from  these  contracts  may  be  received  in  respect  of  unsatisfied  performance  obligations  and  in
respect of satisfied performance obligations.

Revenues classified as rendering of services includes contracts with customers. Revenue is only recognised

once the customer has received the benefit of the full service.

Defence

The Group enters into contracts with its customers to provide defence equipment. The contracts may contain
multiple performance obligations for the delivery of a number of products. Each product is identifiable and separable
from the other products included in the contract.

The Group recognises revenue for these at a point in time, when the goods have been delivered and the control

of the goods has transferred to the customer.

As part of the contracts entered into, customers may make payments to the Group in advance of the goods
being delivered. These are classified as progress payments and are contract liabilities which are only recognised as
revenue once the performance obligation has been satisfied.

Forgings

Revenue from the sale of fork-arms and open die forgings is recognised upon delivery of the products, when
or as the Group transfers control of the products to the customer. Customers are invoiced once control of the product
has transferred to the customer.

Petrol Station Superstructures

The Group enters into contracts with its customers to provide petrol station superstructures. The contracts

contain a single performance obligation for the delivery of the product.

The Group assesses each contract to determine whether revenue should be recognised at a point in time, when
the  product  is  delivered  to  the  customer,  or  recognised  over  time,  when  the  contracts  stipulate  that  the  Group  is
entitled to reward for performance to date. In order to establish the entitlement for performance to date, the Group
considers if it has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date and the Group’s performance
to date does not create an asset with an alternative use to the Group. The majority of contracts have revenue which
is measured at a point in time.

23

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

2

Accounting policies (continued)

Revenue (continued)

As part of the contracts entered into, customers may make payments to the Group in advance of the delivery
of the product. These are classified as progress payments and are contract liabilities which are only recognised as
revenue once the performance obligation has been satisfied.

Petrol Station Branding

The  Group  enters  into  contracts  with  its  customers  to  perform  the  re-imaging  of  petrol  station  forecourts.

Additional engagements include the repair and maintenance of images on petrol station forecourts.

Control of the goods does not pass to the customer until either the goods are delivered to site for material only
projects, or on completion of installation for materials and installation projects. Accordingly, revenue is recognised
at the point in time when this occurs.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Government grants

Government grants are recognised where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and
all attaching conditions will be complied with. When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognised as income
over the period necessary to match the grant on a systematic basis to the costs that it is intended to compensate.
Where the grant relates to an asset, the fair value is credited to a deferred income account and is released to the
income statement over the expected useful life of the relevant asset by equal annual instalments.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Taxes

Income tax is charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income or equity if it relates to items that
are credited or charged to, respectively, other comprehensive income or equity. Otherwise income tax is recognised
in the income statement.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Current tax

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to
be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are
those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Deferred tax

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and

liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, with the following exceptions:

where the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a
transaction that is not a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting
nor taxable profit or loss;

in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint
ventures, where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable
that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

deferred  income  tax  assets  are  recognised  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that  taxable  profit  will  be
available against which the deductible temporary differences, carried forward tax credits or tax losses can be
utilised;

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are
expected to apply when the related asset is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted or
substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Dividends payable

Dividends  are  recognised  when  they  become  legally  payable.  In  the  case  of  interim  dividends  this  is  when

paid, in the case of final dividends this is when approved by the shareholders.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

24

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

2

Accounting policies (continued)

Share-based payments 

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of
the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted and is recognised as an expense over the vesting period,
which ends on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award. Judgement is required
in determining the most appropriate valuation model for a grant of equity instruments, depending on the terms and
conditions of the grant. Management are also required to use judgement in determining the most appropriate inputs
to the valuation model including expected life of the option, volatility and dividend yield.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

New Standards adopted as at 1st January, 2018

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’

IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ and the related ‘Clarifications to IFRS 15 Revenue from
Contracts  with  Customers’ (hereinafter  referred  to  as  ‘IFRS  15’)  replace  IAS  18  ‘Revenue’,  IAS  11  ‘Construction
Contracts’, and several revenue-related Interpretations. The new Standard has been applied retrospectively without
restatement, with the cumulative effect of initial application recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of
retained earnings at 1st January, 2018.

Previously  the  Group  recognised  revenue  on  contracts  within  the  Petrol  Station  Superstructures division
based  on  the  stage  of  completion  of  site  activity.  On  applying  IFRS  15,  revenue  on  these  contracts  has  been
reassessed to determine which contracts meet the criteria for recognising revenue over time and which contracts are
now recognising revenue at a point in time. This has an effect on the timing of recognising revenue and profits so
that certain contracts now recognised revenue at the point in time when the contract has been completed. There is
no impact on cash flows.

IFRS  15  Revenue  from  contracts  with  customers  has  been  adopted  and  applied  retrospectively  without
restatement, with the cumulative effect of initial application recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of
retained  earnings  at  28th  April,  2018.  Previously,  revenue  on  certain  contracts  within  the  Petrol  Station
Superstructures division  was  recognised  based  on  the  stage  of  completion  of  site  activity.  On  applying  IFRS  15,
revenue on these contracts will be recognised at the point in time when the contract is completed. The effect of this
change  was  a  reduction  of  retained  earnings  of  £144,000  as  at  28th April,  2018,  being  the  net  of  a  reduction  in
revenue  of  £488,000  and  an  increase  in  work  in  progress  of  £344,000,  with  a  balance  sheet  effect  of  increasing
inventories by £344,000, reducing receivables by £22,000 and payables by £466,000. 

Revenue and profits in all other divisions in the Group have not been impacted by IFRS 15.

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’

IFRS 9 replaces IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. It makes major changes to
the previous guidance on the classification and measurement of financial assets and introduces an ‘expected credit
loss’ model for the impairment of financial assets.

Financial assets previously measured under IAS 39 as loans and receivables are now categorised under IFRS

9 as amortised cost.

When adopting IFRS 9, the Group has applied transitional relief and opted not to restate prior periods. Any
differences arising from the adoption of IFRS 9 in relation to classification, measurement, and impairment are to be
recognised in retained earnings. No difference arose on the transition to IFRS 9 for the measurement of financial
assets and financial liabilities.

Standards, amendments and Interpretations to existing Standards that are not yet effective and have not been
adopted early by the Group

At  the  date  of  authorisation  of  these  financial  statements,  several  new,  but  not  yet  effective,  Standards,
amendments to existing Standards, and Interpretations have been published by the IASB. None of these Standards,
amendments or Interpretations have been adopted early by the Group.

25

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

2

Accounting policies (continued)

New Standards adopted as at 1st January, 2018 (continued)

Title

IFRS 3

IAS 1/IAS 8

IFRS 16

IFRIC 23

Full title of Standard of Interpretation

Effective for
accounting periods
beginning on or after

IFRS 3 Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3)

1st January, 2020

Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8)

1st January, 2020

Leases

Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

1st January, 2020

1st January, 2020

IAS 12/IAS 23/IFRS 3/IFRS 11

Annual improvements to IFRS Standards 2015-2017 cycle

1st January, 2020

The effective dates stated above are those given in the original IASB/IFRIC standards and interpretations.
As  the  Group  prepares  its  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  IFRS  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union,  the
application of new standards and interpretations will be subject to having been endorsed for use in the EU via the
EU endorsement mechanism. In the majority of cases, this will result in an effective date consistent with that given
in  the  original  standard  or  interpretation  but  the  need  for  endorsements  restricts  the  Group’s  discretion  to  early
adopt standards.

Management anticipates that all relevant pronouncements will be adopted for the first period beginning on
or after the effective date of the pronouncement. New standards, amendments and interpretations neither adopted
nor listed below have not been disclosed as they are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial
statements.

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’

IFRS 16 will replace IAS 17 ‘Leases’ and three related Interpretations.

The  Group  will  be  adopting  IFRS 16  with  effect  from  28th  April,  2019  using  the  standard’s  modified
retrospective approach. Under this approach, the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 16 is recognised as an
adjustment to equity at the date of initial application. Comparative information is not restated.

Management  have  identified  that  there  are  two  property  leases  and  a  minimal  number  of  motor  vehicles

which the Group would need to recognise rights of use and related lease liabilities from these particular assets.

At 27th April, 2019 the future minimum lease rentals for these assets amounted to £864,000. This means that
with effect from 28th April, 2019 the nature of the expense of the above lease costs will change from being treated
as an operating lease and expensed in the financial year incurred to depreciation of a right of use asset and related
interest expense.

Management conclude that as a result of the change in the accounting treatment of these particular leases
there will not be a significant effect on the annual consolidated income statements over the duration of the leases.

All other leases will continue to be treated as short term leases and be expensed in the financial year the costs

are incurred.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

3

Revenue

2019
£000

2018
£000

Sale of goods
55,291 
12,159 
Contract revenues
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
67,450 
635 
Rendering of services
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
Goods and services transferred at a point in time
68,085 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

61,447
15,819

77,266
442

77,708

26

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

4

Segment information

The  following  table  presents  revenue  and  profit  and  certain  assets  and  liability  information  regarding  the
Group’s divisions for the periods ended 27th April, 2019 and 28th April, 2018. The reporting format is determined
by the differences in manufacture and services provided by the Group. The Defence division is engaged in the design,
manufacture and service of defence equipment. The Forgings division is engaged in the manufacture of forgings. The
Petrol Station Superstructure division is engaged in the design, manufacture, construction, branding, maintenance
and restyling of petrol station superstructures. The Petrol Station Branding division is engaged in the design and
installation of the complete appearance of petrol stations.

Management  monitors  the  operating  results  of  its  business  units  separately  for  the  purpose  of  making
decisions  about  resource  allocation  and  performance  assessment. Group  financing  (including  finance  costs  and
finance revenue) and income taxes are managed on a group basis and are not allocated to operating segments.

Defence

2019
£000

2018
£000

Forgings
2018
£000

2019
£000

Petrol Station
Superstructures

2019
£000

2018
£000

Petrol Station
Branding
2018
£000

2019
£000

Total

2019
£000

2018
£000

– 

– 

– 

17

142

199

226

676

450

2,600

2,172

1,745

2,836

(536) 2,055

Revenue
26,678 21,900 15,695 14,336 15,871 12,236 19,464 19,613 77,708 68,085 
From external customers
From other segments
341 
– 
22222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
Segment revenue
26,678 21,900 15,695 14,336 16,321 12,435 19,690 19,755 78,384 68,426 
22222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
4,253 
Segment result
(442)
–
Past service pension costs
Net finance costs
(214)
222 222
22222222222
4,039 
Profit before taxation
Taxation
(653)
222 222
22222222222
Profit for the period
3,386 
222 222
22222222222
9,291 10,005 59,008 64,923 
Segmental assets
Unallocated assets (see below)
5,218 
11,429
222 222
22222222222
70,437 70,141 
Total assets
222 222
22222222222
4,402 32,761 27,679 
Segmental liabilities
Unallocated liabilities (see below)
9,062 
1,878
222 222
22222222222
34,639 36,741 
Total liabilities
222 222
22222222222
908
Capital expenditure
406
Depreciation
1,627 
517
22222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

6,194
(1,198)
(209)

29,942 40,801

19,500 19,329

5,272 10,787

4,787
(975)

787
1,447

118
365

196
488

211
365

18
154

149
628

530
480

67
77

2,806

4,330

3,812

8,988

6,125

1,970

1,978

8,845

Unallocated  assets  includes  certain  fixed  assets,  (including  all  UK  properties  – see  note  12(e))  intangible
assets, current assets and deferred tax assets. Unallocated liabilities includes the defined pension benefit scheme
liability and certain current liabilities.

27

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

4

Segment information (continued)

Geographical analysis

The  following  table  presents  revenue  and  expenditure  and  certain  assets  and  liabilities  information  by
geographical  segment  for  the  periods  ended  27th  April,  2019  and  28th  April,  2018. The  Group’s  geographical
segments  are  based  on  the  location  of  the  Group’s  assets.  Revenue  from  external  customers  is  based  on  the
geographical location of its customers.

United Kingdom
2019
£000

2018
£000

Europe

Americas Rest of the World

Total

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

Revenue
9,832 77,708 68,085 
External
– 26,065 26,751 
Non-current assets
3,832
– 44,372 43,390 
Current assets
7,670
– 34,640 36,741 
Liabilities
2,260
Capital expenditure
1,106 
–
190
22222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

30,755 24,914 33,143 25,803
4,203
17,637 18,322
8,499
34,301 32,724
4,256
31,701 32,076
216
586

7,536
4,226
2,167
409
304

4,238
–
–
–
–

9,572
4,596
2,401
679
351

350

891

Information about major customers

Revenue from major customers arising from sales reported in the Defence segment:

Customer 1
Customer 1

Revenue from major customers arising from sales reported in the
Petrol Station Branding segment:

2019
£000

10,871
–

2018
£000

–
7,137 

–
14,761 
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Customer 1
Customer 1

11,905
–

5

Group operating profit

This is stated after charging:
Fees payable to the Group’s auditor and associates

For the audit of the Group’s financial statements
For the audit of the Group’s subsidiary companies’ financial statements
For audit related services

Fees payable to the Group’s previous auditor

For the audit of the Group’s financial statements
For other assurance services
For taxation services

Depreciation – owned assets
Amortisation of intangible assets
(Reversal)/impairment of uncertain indirect tax receivable
Foreign exchange gains
Hire of plant and machinery
Other operating leases – minimum lease payments
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense
Research and development costs

2019
£000

66
75
14

–
–
–

1,318
375
(615)
6
1,707
360
38,570
958

2018
£000

–
–
–

109 
23 
70 

1,266 
507 
615 
147 
1,749 
351 
37,027 
1,120

Total administrative expenses are included within Group operating profit. This includes administrative
expenses and the separately disclosed past service pension costs.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

28

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

6

Employee Information

The average number of employees, including executive directors, during the period was:

2019
Number

2018
Number

Production
Technical
Distribution
Administration

251 
69 
33 
78
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
431 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

264
65
27
91

447

(a)

Staff costs

Including executive directors, employment costs were as follows:

2019
£000

2018
£000

Wages and salaries
Social Security costs
Other pension costs   

16,029 
1,850 
637 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
18,516
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

17,609
1,934
666

20,209

(b)

Directors’ emoluments

2019
£000

2018
£000

Aggregate directors' emoluments (note 27)
Post employment benefits

1,431 
37
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
1,468
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

1,672
47

1,719

Director’s emoluments are considered further within the Directors remuneration report presented on pages

58 and 59.
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

7

Net finance costs

2019
£000

(87)
(29)
93

(23)

2018
£000

(82)
–  

(31) 

Bank interest cost
Other interest
Bank interest revenue

51
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

8

Past service pension costs

2019
£000

2018
£000

Guaranteed minimum pension equalisation adjustment (note 21)

–  
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
–
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

(1,198)

(1,198)

29

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

9 (a) Taxation

The charge for taxation comprises:

2019
£000

2018
£000

Current tax
United Kingdom corporation tax
Adjustments in respect of previous years
Foreign corporation tax

–  
33 
682 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
715 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Group current tax

540
(16)
635

1,159

Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustments in respect of prior years

(62)
–  
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
(62)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
653 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Group deferred tax (note 15)

Tax on profit

(247)
63

(184)

975

Tax relating to items charged or credited to other comprehensive income
Deferred tax
Deferred tax on measurement gains on pension scheme current year
Deferred tax on revaluation surplus on land and buildings

146 
254 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
400 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Income tax in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

69
–

69

9 (b) Factors affecting the tax charge for the year

The tax assessed for the period differs to the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK (19%) (2018 – 19%).

The differences are explained below:

Profit before tax

2018
£000
4,039 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
767 
(288)
141 
33 
–  
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
653 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Profit multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax of 19%  (2018 - 19%)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Adjustments in respect of overseas tax rates
Current tax adjustment in respect of prior periods
Deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior periods

910
(102)
120
(16)
63

Total tax charge for the period

2019
£000
4,787

975

9 (c) Factors affecting future tax charge

The UK corporation tax rate will remain at 19% until it reduces to 17% in 2020.  At 27th April, 2019 the rate
reductions to 17% had been enacted.  Deferred tax at 27th April, 2019 has therefore been provided at 17% or at a
blended  rate  depending  on  when  the  underlying  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  unwind.    Deferred  tax  in
relation  to  intangibles  recognised  on  the  acquisition  of  Petrol  Sign  bv  has  been  provided  at  25%  being  the  main
corporation tax rate in The Netherlands.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

10

Earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on:

(a

(b)

Profit for the period attributable to equity holders of the parent of £3,812,000 (2018 – £3,386,000).

16,504,691 (2018 – 16,504,691) Ordinary shares, being the weighted average number of Ordinary
shares in issue.

This  represents  18,396,073  (2018  –  18,396,073)  being  the  weighted  average  number  of  Ordinary  shares  in
issue less 1,891,382 (2018 – less 1,891,382) being the weighted average number of shares both held within the ESOT
245,048 (2018 – 245,048) and purchased by the Company 1,646,334 (2018 – 1,646,334).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

30

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

11

Dividends paid and proposed

Declared and paid during the year
On Ordinary shares
Final dividend for 2018 : 6.50p  (2017 – 6.50p)
Interim dividend for 2019 : 1.75p (2018 – 1.75p)

1,073 
289 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
1,362 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

1,073
289

1,362

Proposed for approval by shareholders at the AGM
Final dividend for 2019 : 6.50p (2018 – 6.50p)

1,073 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

1,073

2019
£000

2018
£000

12

Property, plant and equipment

Freehold
property
£000

Plant and
equipment
£000

(a)

Group
Cost or valuation
At 29th April, 2017
Additions
Disposals
Revaluation
Exchange differences

15,751 
1,106
(1,182)
–
(139)
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
15,536 
891 
(842)
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
15,585 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018
Additions
Disposals
Exchange differences

16,010 
–
–
1,555 
(31)

17,534 
–
–
172 

At 27th April, 2019

17,706 

Accumulated depreciation
At 29th April, 2017
Depreciation charge for the period
Disposals
Revaluation
Exchange differences

12,105 
979 
(1,138)
–
4 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
11,950 
1,009 
(723)
(33)
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
12,203 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
3,382 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
3,586 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018
Depreciation charge for the period
Disposals
Exchange differences

Net book value at 27th April, 2019

Net book value at 28th April, 2018

557 
287 
–
(497)
7 

354 
309 
–
(1)

At 27th April, 2019

17,180 

17,044 

662 

Analysis of cost or valuation
At professional valuation 2018
At cost

–
15,585 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
15,585 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 27th April, 2019

12,300 
5,406 

17,706 

Analysis of cost or valuation
At professional valuation 2018
At cost

–
15,536 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
15,536 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018

12,300 
5,234 

17,534 

31

Total
£000

31,761
1,106
(1,182)
1,555
(170)
222
33,070
891
(842)
172
222
33,291
222

12,662
1,266
(1,138)
(497)
11
222
12,304
1,318
(723)
(34)
222
12,865
222
20,426
222
20,766
222

12,300
20,991
222
33,291
222

12,300
20,770
222
33,070
222

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

12

Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Freehold
property
£000

Plant and
equipment
£000

(b)

Company
Cost or valuation
At 29th April, 2017
Additions
Disposals
Transfer to MSI-Defence Systems Ltd. (note 14)
Revaluation

13,451 
568 
(615)
(3,069)
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
10,335 
284 
(859)
(477)
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
9,283
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018
Additions
Disposals
Transfer to MS INTERNATIONAL Estates Ltd. (note 12(e))

10,950 
–
–
–
1,350 

12,300 
–
–
(12,300)

At 27th April, 2019

–

Accumulated depreciation
At 29th April, 2017
Depreciation charge for the period
Disposals
Transfer to MSI-Defence Systems Ltd. (note 14)
Revaluation

11,309 
562 
(594)
(2,685)
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
8,592 
551 
(743)
(382)
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
8,018 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
1,265 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
1,743 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018
Depreciation charge for the period
Disposals
Transfer to MS INTERNATIONAL Estates Ltd. (note 12(e))

Net book value at 27th April, 2019

Net book value at 28th April, 2018

439 
146 
–
–
(585)

At 27th April, 2019

12,300 

–
–
–
–

–

–

Analysis of cost or valuation
At professional valuation 2019
At cost

–
9,283 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
9,283 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 27th April, 2019

–
–

–

Analysis of cost or valuation
At professional valuation 2018
At cost

–
10,335 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
10,335 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018

12,300 
–

12,300 

Total
£000

24,401
568
(615)
(3,069)
1,350
222
22,635
284
(859)
(12,777)
222
9,283
222

11,748
708
(594)
(2,685)
(585)
222
8,592
551
(743)
(382)
222
8,018
222
1,265
222
14,043
222

–
9,283
222
9,283
222

12,300
10,335
222
22,635
222

(c)

(d)

Depreciation has not been charged on freehold land which is included at a book value of £5,170,652 (2018 –
£5,170,652) Company £Nil (2018 – £3,655,652) at 27th April, 2019.

On 11th November, 2018, 26th July, 2017 and 28th March, 2018 the Group’s land and buildings, which consist
of manufacturing and office facilities in the UK, Poland and USA were valued by Dove Haigh Phillips (UK),
KonSolid-Nieruchomosci (Poland) and Real Estate & Appraisal Services Inc. (USA). Management determined
that these constitute one class of asset under IFRS 13 (designated as level 3 fair value assets), based on the
nature, characteristics and risks of the properties.

If  land  and  buildings  were  valued  using  the  cost  method,  carrying  amounts  would  be  £11,292,000  (2018 –
£11,121,000) at 27th April, 2019.

32

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

12

Property, plant and equipment (continued)

The UK properties were valued on the basis of an existing use value in accordance with the Appraisal and
Valuation Standards (5th Edition) published by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors. The Poland property
was valued based on the income approach, converting anticipated future benefits in the form of rental income into
present value. The USA property was valued on an income and market value basis. For all properties, there is no
difference between current use and highest and best use.

The valuation of the UK properties has been processed in the financial statements. The Poland property and
the  USA  property  valuations  were  sufficiently  close  to  their  carrying  value  such  that  the  valuations  were  not
processed.

(e)

On  30th  April,  2018,  the  freehold  property  in  the  UK  was  transferred  from  the  Company  to  MS
INTERNATIONAL Estates Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group, at the balance sheet value as at 28th
April,  2018.  In  addition  certain  plant  and  equipment  relating  to  the  maintenance  and  functioning  of  the
freehold property was transferred from the Company to MS INTERNATIONAL Estates Ltd at net book value.
This  transfer  has  resulted  in  the  transfer  of  the  revaluation  reserve  of  £6,055,000  to  other  reserves  in  the
Company.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

13

Intangible assets

Goodwill
£000

Trade
name
£000

Design
database
£000

Non-

Customer
complete relationship
£000

£000

Order Development
costs
£000

backlog
£000

Software
costs
£000

Group
£000

Group
Cost
At 29th April, 2017
Exchange differences

Amortisation
At 29th April, 2017
Amortisation during
the year
Exchange differences

At 28th April, 2018
Amortisation during
the year
Exchange differences

2,749 
31 

1,370 
8,703
–
123
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
8,826

1,370 
–
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
8,770
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

At 28th April, 2018
Exchange differences

At 27th April, 2019

2,643 
(32)

1,044 
(3)

2,780 
(16)

2,571 
72 

1,036 
8 

328 
(4)

319 
9 

330 
–

279 
–

279 
–

330 
–

52 
(1)

49 
3 

1,370 

1,041 

2,764 

2,611 

330 

324 

279 

51 

(56)  

–

330 

948 

30 

1,166 

319 

279 

330 

3,402

137 
507
–
24
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
3,933

291 
12 

61 
2 

18 
1 

1,469 

1,085 

–
9 

330 

328 

279 

393 

49 

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

137 
–
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222
4,287
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

At 27th April, 2019

174 
(13)

61 
(1)

–
(6)

3 
(1)

1,222 

1,630 

322 

279 

330 

453 

375
(21)  

51 

–
–

–
–

–
–

–

Net book value at
27th April, 2019

148 
4,483
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

2,764 

981 

588 

2 

–

–

–

Net book value at
28th April, 2018

285 
4,893
222222222222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222 222

1,174 

2,780 

651 

3 

–

–

–

33

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

13

Intangible assets (continued)

Development
costs
£000

Software
costs
£000

Company
£000

Company
Cost
At 29th April, 2017
Transfer to MSI-Defence Ltd. (note 14)

330 
(245)
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
85 
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
85 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

At 28th April, 2018
Additions

At 27th April, 2019

279 
(279)

–
–

–

Amortisation
At 29th April, 2017
Transfer to MSI-Defence Ltd. (note 14)

At 28th April, 2018
Amortisation during the year

330 
(245)
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
85 
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
85 
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
–
2222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Net book value at 28th April, 2018

Net book value at 27th April, 2019

At 27th April, 2019

279 
(279)

–
–

–

–

–

609
(524)
222
85

–  
222
85
222

609
(524)
222
85

–  
222
85
222
–  
222
– 
222

Goodwill  acquired  through  business  combinations  and  licences  has  been  allocated  for  impairment  testing
purposes to the Petrol Station Superstructures division and the Petrol Station Branding division which are operating
segments.

Impairment testing

Goodwill considered significant in comparison to the Group’s total carrying amount of such assets has been

allocated to cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units as follows:

Goodwill
2019
£000

Goodwill
2018
£000

Petrol Station Superstructures division
Petrol Station Branding division

2,064
716
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
2,780
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Net book value

2,064
700

2,764

Group

The performance of the Petrol Station Superstructures division and the Petrol Station Branding division are

the lowest levels at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

At  the  year  end,  value  in  use  was  determined  by  discounting  the  future  cash  flows  generated  from  the

continuing operations of the divisions over the next 5 years and was based on the following key assumptions:

Detailed 5 year management forecast.

A growth in cashflows estimated for 5 years, and a growth rate of 2% assumed thereafter.

Cash flows were discounted at a rate of 17.87%. 

Based on the above assumptions, the value in use calculated for the Petrol Station Superstructures division
and the Petrol Station Branding division did not indicate the need for impairment. The growth rates used in the
value  in  use  calculation  reflect  management’s  expectations  for  the  business  based  upon  previous  experience  and
taking into consideration recent sales wins.

No reasonably possible changes in the assumptions used would give rise to an impairment.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

34

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

14

Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Principal subsidiary undertakings are set out on pages 60 and 61.

Company

At 28th April, 2018
Impairment in investment in MSI-Forks Garfos Industria Ltda
Impairment in investment in MSI-Defence Systems Inc.

2222222222222222222222222222

At 27th April, 2019

2222222222222222222222222222

Transfer of business

2019
£000

2019
£000

Cost

Impairment

2019
£000
Net book
value

(1,794)
(101)
(67)

16,998 
– 
– 

15,204 
(101)
(67)
2222 2222 2222
15,036 
2222 2222 2222

(1,962) 

16,998 

On  1st  May,  2017,  the  trade  and  certain  assets  of  the  Defence  division  of  MS  INTERNATIONAL  plc  were
transferred  to  MSI-Defence  Systems  Limited.  The  business  assets  and  liabilities  transferred  to  MSI-Defence
Systems Limited at 1st May, 2017 at book value were as follows:

Non-current assets
Fixed assets
Current assets
Inventories
Receivables
Cash at bank and in hand

2222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Payables: amounts falling due within one year

2222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Net current assets

2222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Net assets transferred

2222222222222222222222222222222222222222

2018
£000

383 

6,731 
6,093 
13,323 
222222
26,147 
18,335 
222222
7,812 
222222
8,195 
222222

The investing cash outflow arising on the above transfer of business totalled £5,127,000 being the net assets

transferred less the cash at bank and in hand transferred out.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

15

Deferred income tax

The deferred income tax included in the Consolidated income statement is:

2018
£000
(67)
79 
(108)
34 
– 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
(62)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Taxation deferred by capital allowances
Taxation on other temporary differences
Taxation on intangibles
Taxation on defined benefits pension
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

2019
£000
(16)
– 
(82)
(149)
63

(184)

35

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

15

Deferred income tax (continued)

The deferred income tax asset included in the Consolidated statement of financial position is:

Group

Company

Taxation on pension liability
Taxation deferred by capital allowances
Taxation on other temporary differences

222222222222222222222222

Deferred income tax asset

222222222222222222222222

The movements on the deferred tax liability are:

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

1,092 
– 
– 

1,156
– 
– 

1,156
55
30
2222 2222 2222
1,241
2222 2222 2222

1,092 

1,156

2018
£000

1,092 
– 
– 
222
1,092
222

Group
At 29th April, 2017
Included in Consolidated income statement
Included in the Company statement of comprehensive income

222222222222222222222222222222222222

At 28th April, 2018
Included in Consolidated income statement
Included in the Company statement of comprehensive income

222222222222222222222222222222222222

At 27th April, 2019

222222222222222222222222222222222222

Taxation on
pension liability
£000
1,272 
(34)
(146)
2222
1,092 
133 
(69)
2222
1,156
2222

At 29th April, 2017
Included in Consolidated income statement
Included in the Consolidated and company statement of
comprehensive income

2222222222222222222222222222222222

At 28th April, 2018
Included in Consolidated income statement
Included in the Consolidated and company statement of
comprehensive income
Reclassified to deferred tax asset

2222222222222222222222222222222222

At 27th April, 2019

2222222222222222222222222222222222

Taxation Taxation on

deferred by
capital
allowances
£000
– 
– 

other Taxation on
pension
liability
£000
1,272 
(34)

temporary
differences
£000
– 
– 

– 
2222
– 
– 

– 
55 
2222

55 
2222

– 
2222
– 
– 

– 
30 
2222

30 
2222

(146)
2222
1,092 
133 

(69)
– 
2222

1,156
2222

The deferred income tax liability included in the Consolidated statement of financial position is:

Group

Company

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

247 
(30)
471 
937 

277
(30)
383
937

– 
– 
– 
– 
2222 2222 2222
– 
2222 2222 2222

1,625 

1,567

2018
£000

247 
(30)
– 
937 
222
1,154
222

Taxation deferred by capital allowances
Taxation on other temporary differences
Taxation on intangible assets
Taxation on buildings revaluation

222222222222222222222222

Deferred income tax liability

222222222222222222222222

36

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

15

Deferred income tax (continued)
The movements on the deferred tax liability are:

Taxation
deferred by
capital
allowances

Taxation
on other
temporary
differences

£000
314 

£000
(109)

Taxation
on
intangible
assets
£000
561 

Taxation
on
buildings
revaluation

£000
683 

(67)

79 

(108)

– 

Total
£000
1,449

(96)

Group

At 29th April, 2017
Included in the Consolidated income
statement
Included in the Consolidated statement
of comprehensive income
Acquired on acquisition

At 28th April, 2018
Included in the Consolidated income
statement
Included in the Consolidated statement
of comprehensive income

272 
– 
22222222222222222222 222 222 222 222 222
1,625

937 

247 

471 

(30)

254 
– 

18 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

31 

(1)

(82)

– 

(52)

(6)
22222222222222222222 222 222 222 222 222
1,567
22222222222222222222 222 222 222 222 222

At 27th April, 2019

278 

937 

383 

(31)

(6)

– 

– 

– 

Taxation
deferred by
capital
allowances

Taxation
on other
temporary
differences

Taxation
on
buildings
revaluation

Taxation
on
intangible
assets
£000
–
– 
– 

Company

At 29th April, 2017
Included in the Company income statement
Included in other comprehensive income

Total
£000
911
12
231
22222222222222222222 222 222 222 222 222
1,154
54
(1,293)
85
22222222222222222222 222 222 222 222 222
– 
22222222222222222222 222 222 222 222 222

At 28th April, 2018
Included in the Company income statement
Transferred to group company
Reclassified to deferred tax asset

£000
314
(67)
– 

£000
(109)
79 
– 

£000
706
– 
231 

937 
– 
(937)
– 

247 
54 
(356)
55 

(30)
– 
– 
30 

At 27th April, 2019

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Deferred  taxation  has  been  provided  at  the  rate  enacted  at  the  balance  sheet  date  of  17%  except  for  the
deferred taxation relating to the amortised intangibles arising on the acquisition of Petrol Sign bv which has been
provided at 25%.

The Group and Company also have capital losses of £4,350,000 (2018 – £4,350,000).

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

16

Inventories

Group

Company

Raw materials
Work in progress
Finished goods

222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222

Inventory write downs during the year

222222222222222222222222

37

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

5,877 
5,268 
521 

5,593
6,641
390

744
610
108
2222 2222 2222
1,462
2222 2222 2222

11,666 

12,624

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

32
2222 2222 2222

155

33 

2018
£000

372 
545 
100 
222
1,017 
222

2018
£000

7  
222

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

17

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Retentions on contracts
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
Other receivables

222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222

Group

Company

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

6,913
113
– 
18

14,032 
568 
– 
17 

3,456
– 
19,029
4
2222 2222 2222
22,489
2222 2222 2222

14,617 

7,044

2018
£000

2,998 
22 
6,983 
– 
222
10,003 
222

The  aggregate  amount  of  costs  incurred  and  recognised  profits  to  date  on  contracts  is  £15,819,000  (2018  –
£12,159,000).

(a) Trade receivables are denominated in the following currencies.

Group

Company

Sterling
Euro
US dollar
Other currencies

222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

7,160 
5,961 
582 
329 

3,674
2,141
778
320

2,751
701
– 
4
2222 2222 2222
3,456
2222 2222 2222

14,032 

6,913

2018
£000

2,194 
812 
– 
(8) 

222
2,998 
222

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30 days terms and are shown net of provision
for impairment. The aged analysis of trade receivables after impairment is as follows:

Group

2019
2018

Total
£000

6,913 
14,032 

Not
past due
£000

< 30 days
£000

30-60 days
£000

60-90 days
£000

> 90 days
£000

6,245 
9,377 

505 
4,446 

148 
142 

13 
24 

2 
43 

As at 27th April, 2019 trade receivables at a nominal value of £105,000 (2018 – £97,000) were impaired and
fully  provided.  Bad  debts  of  £65,000  (2018  –  £15,000)  were  recovered  and  bad  debts  of  £52,000  (2018  –
£28,000) were incurred.

Company

2019
2018

2,764 
2,998 

2,649 
2,172 

40 
808 

81 
17 

– 
– 

(6) 
1

As at 27th April, 2019 trade receivables at a nominal value of £51,000 (2018 – £32,000) were impaired and
fully provided. Bad debts of £20,000 (2018 – £11,000) were recovered and bad debts of £39,000 (2018 – £6,000)
were incurred.

(b) Retentions on contracts are denominated in the following currencies.

Group

Company

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

568 
– 
– 
– 

113
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
2222 2222 2222
– 
2222 2222 2222

568 

113

2018
£000

22 
– 
– 
– 
222
22 
222

Sterling
Euro
US dollar
Other currencies

222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222

38

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

17

Trade and other receivables (continued)

Retentions on contracts are non-interest bearing and represent amounts contractually retained by customers
on completion of contracts for specific time periods as follows:

Group

2019
2018

Company

2019
2018

Total
£000

113 
568 

– 
22 

Up to 6 
months
£000

93 
546 

– 
– 

6-12 
months
£000

12-18 
months
£000

18-24
months
£000

20 
22 

– 
22 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
–

– 
–

(c)  Intercompany receivables

All amounts due from Group companies are repayable on demand and are not charged interest. The majority
of intercompany balances are to group entities with liquid assets and are capable of being repaid on demand.

There  are  loans  to  MS  INTERNATIONAL Estates  Limited,  which  although  repayable  on  demand,  are
supported by properties which will not be immediately realisable. The Directors have assessed the likelihood
of default and the loss in the event of default as well as the balance at the reporting date and conclude that
there is no material impairment of the receivable.

The amounts receivable at the year end can be categorised as:

Amounts due from companies backed by liquid assets
Amounts due from MS INTERNATIONAL Estates Limited

222222222222222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222222222222222

18

Cash and cash equivalents/bank overdraft

2019 
£000

7,219
11,810
2222
19,029
2222

Group

Company

Cash at bank and in hand
Short term deposits
Bank overdraft

222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222

19

Issued capital

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

17,151
5,735
– 

– 
– 
(582)
2222 2222 2222

7,504 
8,362 
– 

22,886

(582)
2222 2222 2222

15,866 

2018
£000

– 
– 
(342)
222
(342)
222

Group

Company

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

3,500

3,500 

3,500

3,500 

Ordinary shares at 10p each
Authorised – 35,000,000 (2018 – 35,000,000)
Allotted, issued and fully paid – 18,396,073
(2018 – 18,396,073)

1,840 
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

1,840 

1,840

1,840

39

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

20

Reserves

Share capital

The  balance  classified  as  share  capital  includes  the  nominal  value  on  issue  of  the  Company's  equity  share

capital, comprising 10p Ordinary shares.

Capital redemption reserve

The balance classified as capital redemption reserve represents the nominal value of issued share capital of

the Company, repurchased.

Other reserves – Company

Following the transfer of assets held at valuation by the Company, to a subsidiary company, a reserve has

been created which is non-distributable. This is equal to the revaluation reserve previously arising. 

Additionally it includes the non-distributable retained reserve for the revaluation reserve previously showing

in the company for properties now transferred to other members of the Group.

Revaluation reserve

The asset revaluation reserve is used to record increases in the fair value of land and buildings and decreases
to the extent that such decrease relates to an increase on the same assets previously recognised in equity. This also
includes the impact of the change in the prior year for the related deferred tax due to the change in corporation tax
(18% to 17%).

Share premium account

The balance classified as special reserve represents the share premium on the issue of the Company's equity

share capital.

Currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation
of the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries. It is also used to record the effect of hedging net investments in
foreign operations.

Treasury shares

2019
£000

2018
£000

Employee Share Ownership Trust
Shares in treasury (see below)

100 
2,959 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
3,059 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

100
2,959

3,059

During  1991  the  Company  established  an  Employee  Share  Ownership  Trust  (“ESOT”).  The  trustee  of  the
ESOT is Appleby Trust (Jersey) Ltd, an independent company registered in Jersey. The ESOT provides for the issue
of options over Ordinary shares in the Company to Group employees, including executive directors, at the discretion
of the Remuneration Committee.

The  trust  has  purchased  an  aggregate  245,048  (2018  –  245,048)  Ordinary  shares,  which  represents  1.3%
(2018 – 1.3%) of the issued share capital of the Company at an aggregate cost of £100,006. The market value of the
shares at 27th April, 2019 was £505,000 (2018 – £453,000). The Company has made payments of £Nil (2018 – £Nil)
into the ESOT bank accounts during the period. No options over shares (2018 – Nil) have been granted during the
period. Details of the outstanding share options for Directors are included in the Directors’ remuneration report.

The  assets,  liabilities,  income  and  costs  of  the  ESOT  have  been  incorporated  into  the  Company’s  financial
statements.  Total  ESOT  costs  charged  to  the  income  statement  in  the  period  amounts  to  £7,000  (2018  –  £7,000).
During the period no options on shares were exercised (2018 – Nil) and no shares were purchased (2018 – Nil).

The Company made the following purchases of its own 10p Ordinary shares to be held in Treasury: 

11th December, 2013 1,000,000 shares from the Group’s pension scheme
30th January, 2014 646,334 shares

1,722 
1,237 
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
2,959 
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

£000

40

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

21

Pension liability

The Company operates an employee defined benefits scheme called the MS INTERNATIONAL plc Retirement
and Death Benefits Scheme (the Scheme). IAS 19 requires disclosure of certain information about the Scheme
as follows:-

Until 5th April, 1997 the Scheme provided defined benefits and these liabilities remain in respect of
service prior to 6th April, 1997. From 6th April, 1997 until 31st May, 2007 the Scheme provided future
service benefits on a defined contribution basis.

The  last  formal  valuation  of  the  Scheme  was  performed  at  5th  April,  2017  by  a  professionally
qualified actuary.

From 6th April, 2016 the Company directly pays the expenses of the Scheme. With effect from April
2018 the deficit reduction payments paid into the Scheme by the Company have been increased to
£600,000 per annum. The deficit reduction contributions are paid on a quarterly basis with the first
paid on 3rd April, 2018 and the last due for payment on or before 5th January, 2027. The total deficit
reduction payments made in the year were £600,000 (2018 – £389,000).

From 1st June, 2007 the Company has operated a defined contributions scheme for its UK employees
which is administered by a UK pension provider.

Members contributions are paid in line with this scheme’s documentation over the accounting period and the
Company has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been made.

The  Company’s  policy  for  recognising  remeasurement  gains  and  losses  is  to  recognise  them  immediately
through the statement of comprehensive income.

Assumptions

2018
2.70%
3.60%
3.00%
1.80%
21.4yrs
22.8yrs
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

Discount rate at year-end
Future salary increases
Pension increases – RPI inflation
Pension increases – CPI inflation
Life expectancy of current pensioners (from age 65)
Life expectancy of future pensioners (from age 65)

2019
2.50%
3.80%
3.20%
2.00%
20.7yrs
22.6yrs

A 0.5% reduction in the discount rate would lead to an increase in past service liabilities of around £1.7m.

Members  living  around  1  year  longer  than  expected  would  lead  to  an  increase  in  past  service  liabilities  of

around £1.3m.

In relation to the other assumptions there is no sensitivity analysis as small changes in these assumptions

will not have a material impact.

The average duration of the scheme is 11 years.

GMP Equalisation

The defined benefits scheme was contracted out of the State Earnings – Related Pension Scheme (SERPS)
between 1990 and 1997. The benefits for employees who were members between those dates include a "Guaranteed
Minimum  Pension".  In  broad  terms,  this  replicated  the  pension  which  the  members  would  have  earned  under
SERPS.

Historically, there has been an inequality of benefits between male and female members who accrued a GMP

between 1990 and 1997.

In general, occupational pension schemes have had to provide equal benefits for men and women since May
1990.  However,  because  State  benefits  were  exempt  from  the  Barber  case  judgement  in  1990  there  has  been
considerable uncertainty as to whether this equalisation requirement extended to GMPs.

A High Court ruling on 26th October, 2018 confirmed that schemes must now take action to address GMP

equalisation.

41

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

21

Pension liability (continued)

If  a  member’s  benefits  would  be  higher  by  calculating  their  benefits  accrued  since  1990  using  the  GMP
applicable to an individual of the opposite sex, then the GMP benefit must be increased accordingly, including paying
arrears to members who are already receiving their pension.

There are a number of methods to use for calculating the GMP equalisation but whilst setting out a number

of possible approaches, the High Court did not specify the method to use.

The calculation of the past service cost related to the GMP equalisation has been based on the likely method
that  the  Scheme  Trustees  and  Company  will  adopt  in  the  future.  However,  it  is  anticipated  that  whilst  other
methodologies for GMP equalisation will give slightly different benefit payments, the actuarial present value of the
payments arising for each methodology are unlikely to be materially different.

The results of the calculation using the most likely method to be adopted result in an estimated 4.2% increase
in the Scheme’s liability which gives rise to an unrecognised past service cost of approximately £1.198m. This has
been recognised in the Consolidated income statement for the year ended 27th April, 2019.

It may be some time before the agreed method for GMP equalisation calculations is approved. However, now
that  the  estimated  past  service  cost  has  been  recognised  in  the  Consolidated  income  statement,  changes  to  the
estimate in the future will be recognised in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Statement of financial position

2019
£000

2018
£000

Present value of obligations
Fair value of plan assets

29,568 
23,147 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
6,421
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

30,264
23,462

Net liability

6,802

Income Statement

2019
£000

2018
£000

Interest on net liabilities
Administration expenses

183 
– 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
183 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

Total income statement cost

186
–

186

Change in defined benefit obligation

2019
£000

2018
£000

Opening defined benefit obligation
Interest cost
Experience gains arising on scheme liabilities
Changes in financial assumptions underlying the present value of scheme liabilities
Actuarial losses on scheme liabilities
Benefits paid
Past service costs

30,790 
746 
554 
(817)
– 
(1,705)
– 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
29,568
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

29,568
808
11
(660)
916
(1,577)
1,198

Defined benefit obligation

30,264

42

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

21

Pension liability (continued)

Change in fair value of plan assets

2019
£000

2018
£000

Opening fair value of plan assets
Interest income on assets
Actual return on assets less amount included in net interest
Deficit reduction contributions by employer
Benefits paid

23,305 
563 
595 
389 
(1,705)
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
23,147 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

23,147
622
670
600
(1,577)

Fair value of plan assets

23,462

Statement of comprehensive income

2019
£000

2018
£000

Actual return on assets less amounts included in net interest
Remeasurement gains/(losses)

595 
263 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
858
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

670
(267)

403

2019
£000

2018
£000

Expected deficit reduction contributions into the Scheme during
next accounting year:

600 
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

600

Breakdown of assets at 27th April, 2019

Plan
assets
£000

Asset
allocation

Equities – UK market
Equities – non UK market
Corporate Bonds
Gilts
Cash/other

33%
33%
13%
13%
8%
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
100%
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

7,702
7,825
3,035
3,152
1,748

23,462

Breakdown of assets at 28th April, 2018

Plan
assets
£000

Asset
allocation

Equities – UK market
Equities – non UK market
Corporate Bonds
Gilts
Cash/other

31%
33%
15%
13%
8%
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222
100%
2222222222222222222222222222222222222 2222 2222

7,140
7,647
3,542
2,984
1,834

23,147

43

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

22

Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
Other payables
Accruals
Progress payments

222222222222222222222222

222222222222222222222222

Group

Company

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

6,598
–
4,228
2,750
14,476

5,349
–
3,435
2,943
13,648

3,122
2,808
592
1,288
466
2222 2222 2222
8,276
2222 2222 2222

25,375

28,052

2018
£000

2,681 
1,528 
842 
767 
386 
222
6,204 
222

Progress payments received for sale of goods and contract revenue represents customer payments received in

advance of performance that are expected to be recognised as revenue in future periods.

The  progress  payment  balance  changes  during  the  reporting  period  for  new  payments  received  from

customers and for amounts recognised in revenue because the performance obligation has been satisfied.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

23

Financial instruments 

Management of financial risks

The major financial risks faced by the Group and Company are funding risks, interest rate risks and currency

risks.

Funding risk

At the year end the Group had cash and cash equivalents of £22.89m – Company- overdraft (£0.58m) (2018
Group  –  £15.87m  –  Company  overdraft  (£0.34m)).  The  Group  and  Company  has  available  a  bank  multicurrency
overdraft facility of £4.8m which is renewable on 1st January, 2020.

Interest rate risk

The  bank  multicurrency  overdraft  facility  is  at  a  floating  rate  of  interest,  based  on  the  base  rate  of  each
respective currency. This position is monitored constantly by the Board to ensure any risk is minimised. The Board
believe that the main interest rate risk relates to maximising interest income on cash balances.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonable possible change in interest rates, with all

other variables held constant of the Group’s profit before tax. There is no impact on the Group’s equity.

2019
Sterling

2018
Sterling

Increase/decrease 
in basis points

Effect on profit 
before tax
£000

+50
–50

+50
–50

25 
(25)

50 
(50)

44

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

23

Financial instruments (continued)

The  interest  rate  profile  of  the  financial  assets  of  the  Group  and  Company  as  at  27th April,  2019  was  as

follows:

Group

Company

Floating rate
financial assets/
(liabilities)
£000

Floating rate 
financial assets/
(liabilities)
£000

Total
£000

16,444
1,591
4,757
94
2222
22,886
2222

14,982
(667)
1,464
87
2222
15,866
2222

16,444
1,591
4,757
94
2222
22,886
2222

14,982
(667)
1,464
87
2222
15,866
2222

(1,831)
36
1,212
1
2222
(582)
2222

2,895
(3,921)
658
26
2222
(342)
2222

Total
£000

(1,831)
36 
1,212 
1 
222
(582)
222

15,968 
(2,064)
(383)
5 
222
13,526
222

2019
Sterling
US Dollar
Euro
Other

222222222222222222

Total

222222222222222222

2018
Sterling
US Dollar
Euro
Other

222222222222222222

Total

222222222222222222

Foreign currency risk

Exposure to risk is incurred by the Group and Company through overseas sales.

This exposure is minimised by the following:

(1)

(2)

invoicing in sterling where practicable.

using foreign currency received for purchases where appropriate.

Currency exposures

The table below shows the Group’s currency exposures; i.e., those transactional exposures that give rise to the
net currency gains and losses recognised in the income statement. Such exposures comprise the monetary assets and
monetary  liabilities  of  the  Group  that  are  not  denominated  in  the  operating  (or  "functional")  currency  of  the
operating unit involved.

As at 27th April, 2019 these currency exposures are as follows:-

Net foreign currency monetary assets/(liabilities)d
Sterling
£000

US Dollar
£000

Total
£000

Euro
£000

4

1,528
2222 2222 2222
1,528
2222 2222 2222

1,254

1,254

4

4

(1,561)

1,664
2222 2222 2222
1,664
2222 2222 2222

(1,561)

4

2,786 
222
2,786 
222

107 
222
107 
222

Presentational currency of Group operations

2019
Sterling

222222222222222222222222

Total

222222222222222222222222

2018
Sterling

222222222222222222222222

Total

222222222222222222222222

45

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

23

Financial instruments (continued)

Functional currency of Company operations

2019
Sterling

222222222222222222222222

Total

222222222222222222222222

2018
Sterling

222222222222222222222222

Total

222222222222222222222222

Fair values

Net foreign currency monetary assets/(liabilities)d
Sterling
£000

US Dollar
£000

Total
£000

Euro
£000

–

1,426
2222 2222 2222
1,426
2222 2222 2222

43

43

–

–

(3,810)

861
2222 2222 2222
861
2222 2222 2222

(3,810)

–

1,469 
222
1,469 
222

(2,949)
222
(2,949)
222

No significant differences exist between the book value and the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities

as at 27th April, 2019 and 28th April, 2018.

Credit risk

There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group or Company. The maximum credit risk

exposure relating to financial assets is represented by carrying values at the statement of financial position date.

The Group and Company have established procedures to minimise the risk of default by trade debtors including
credit  checks  undertaken  before  a  customer  is  accepted  and  credit  insurance  where  available  and  appropriate.
Historically these procedures have proved effective in minimising the level of impaired and past due receivables.

The  Group  applies  the  IFRS  9  simplified  model  of  recognising  lifetime  expected  credit  losses  for  all  trade
receivables as these items do not have a significant financing component.  In measuring the expected credit losses,
the trade receivables have been assessed on a collective basis as they possess shared credit risk characteristics.  The
expected  loss  rates  are  based  on  the  payment  profile  for  sales  over  the  recent  reporting  periods  as  well  as  the
corresponding historical credit losses during that period.

Trade receivables are written off (i.e. derecognised) when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery.

Detailed credit risks disclosure for trade receivables has not been included as it is immaterial.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

24

Capital commitments

Group

Company

Contracted but not provided in the financial statements

70
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222
70
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222

70

70

14

14

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

14 
222
14 
222

25

Obligations under leases

Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Group

Company

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

Amounts payable
Within one year
In two to five years
Five years or more

–
–
–
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222
–
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222

241
476
204

921

993

290
474
229

2018
£000

– 
– 
– 
222
– 
222

The  Group  has  entered  into  commercial  leases  on  certain  properties  and  motor  vehicles.  The  remaining

duration of these leases are from under 1 year up to 7 years from the Statement of financial position date.

£864,000 of these future minimum lease rentals will be recognised as rights of use assets and the related lease

liabilities on adoption of IFRS 16 with effect from 28th April, 2019.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

46

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notes to the financial statements
Continued 

26

Contingent liabilities

The Company is contingently liable in respect of guarantees, indemnities and performance bonds given in the

ordinary course of business amounting to £4,279,721 at 27th April, 2019 (2018 – £3,395,671).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

27

Related party transactions

The following transactions took place, during the year, between the Company and other subsidiaries in the

Group.

Purchases of goods and services £9,653,450 (2018 – £491,734)

Sales of goods and services £8,608,429 (2018 – £5,295,734)

The  following  balances  between  the  Company  and  other  subsidiaries  in  the  Group  are  included  in  the

Company balance sheet as at 27th April, 2019.

Amounts owed by the Company £2,808,000 (2018 – £1,528,000)

Amounts owed to the Company £19,029,000 (2018 – £6,983,000)

Sales  and  purchases  between  related  parties  are  made  at  normal  market  prices.  Terms  and  conditions  for
transactions with subsidiaries and the joint venture are unsecured and interest free. Balances are placed on inter-
company accounts with no specified credit period.

Key management personnel (main board directors) compensation.

Group

Company

1,533
47
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits

1,672
47

1,431
37

2019
£000

2018
£000

2019
£000

1,580
22222222222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222

See Directors remuneration report on pages 58 and 59

1,719

1,468

2018
£000

1,290 
37 
222

1,327
222

28

Share-based payments

Share options are granted to senior executives in two schemes; the Employee Share Option Scheme and the
Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme. The exercise price of the option is no less than the market price of the
shares on the date of the grant. The options vest after the executives have been in service for specified times of not
less than one year from the date of grant. The contractual life of the options vary up to 10 years. There are no cash
settlement alternatives.

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of and movements

in, share options during the year;

2019

2019

2018

2018

Enterprise management incentive scheme
Outstanding as at 28th April, 2018

Options exercised

Options lapsed

222222222222222222222222

Outstanding as at 27th April, 2019

222222222222222222222222

214,000

194.0p

–

–
–
–

–
–
–

(214,000)
2222 2222 2222
–
2222 2222 2222

–

–

– 

– 
222
– 
222

The expense recognised for share options during the year is £Nil (2018 – £Nil).

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

29

Capital management

The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating

and healthy capital ratios in order to support its business and maximise shareholder value.

The  Group  manages  its  capital  structure  and  makes  adjustments  to  it,  in  light  of  changes  in  economic
conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders,
return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. No changes were made to the objectives, policies or processes
during the years ended 27th April, 2019 and 28th April, 2018.

Capital  comprises  equity  attributable  to  the  equity  holders  of  the  parent  company  £35,798,000  (2018  –

£33,400,000).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

47

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Summary of group results 2015 – 2019

GROUP INCOME STATEMENT

2019
£000

2018
£000

2017
£000

2016
£000

2015
£000

68,085

Group revenue

Group operating profit
Finance costs

45,503 
77,708
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222
1,740 
4,996
(199)
(209)
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222
1,541 
4,787
(188)
(975)
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222
1,353 
3,812
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit for the period

1,856
(174)

1,682
(98)

4,039
(653)

4,253
(214)

1,526
(28)

1,771
(245)

49,282

53,823

3,386

1,584

1,498

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
Assets employed
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other net current (liabilities)/assets
Cash and cash equivalents

3,818 
4,483
14,563 
20,426
(446)
(4,784)
17,148 
22,886
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222
35,083 
43,011
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222

5,301
19,099
(2,907)
15,210

4,893
20,766
(1,171)
15,866

5,671
15,955
1,534
12,758

40,354

35,918

36,703

Financed by
Ordinary share capital
Reserves

1,840 
1,840
26,459 
33,958
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222
28,299 
35,798
6,784 
7,213
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222
35,083 
43,011
22222222222222222222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222

Shareholders’ funds
Net non current liabilities

33,400
6,954

29,041
7,662

28,060
7,858

1,840
27,201

1,840
31,560

1,840
26,220

40,354

35,918

36,703

48

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Corporate governance statement

As an AIM quoted company MSI INTERNATIONAL plc, under AIM Rule 26, is required to adopt a recognised
corporate governance code, describe how it complies with that code and provide details of where it does not comply
with its chosen corporate governance code.

MS INTERNATIONAL plc has chosen to adopt as far as practical for a Group of its size the recently published
(April  2018)  QCA  Corporate  Governance  Code  with  effect  from  28th  September,  2018.  The  Chairman  assumes
principal responsibility for corporate governance.

The Board is responsible for ensuring that MS INTERNATIONAL plc has the strategy, people, structure and
culture in place to deliver value over the medium to long term to shareholders and other stakeholders of the Group
and is committed to high standards of governance, as is appropriate for a company of its size and structure. The main
features of the Group’s corporate governance arrangements are set out below.

Strategy

The Group’s long term strategy is to invest in people, products and processes to seek continuous improvement
in  its  four  diverse  operating  divisions:  ‘Defence’,  ‘Forgings’,  ‘Petrol  Station  Superstructures’  and  ‘Petrol  Station
Branding’, each holding a leading position in its specialist market.

Communications with shareholders

The  shareholding  structure  of  the  Company  is  set  out  on  the  ‘Securities’  page  on the  Company’s website:
msiplc.com/securities. The composition of the shareholders, including the Directors, is currently primarily weighted
towards private investors, with a significant institutional shareholder.

The AGM is the main forum for dialogue and discussion with private investors and the Board. The Notice of
Annual General Meeting is sent to shareholders at least 21 days before the meeting and all of the Directors routinely
attend  the AGM  and  are  available  to  answer  any  questions  raised  by  shareholders.  The  results  of  each AGM  are
published on the website and by way of an RNS when the meeting has concluded. Copies of notice of meetings and
Annual Reports from the last five years are kept on the Company’s website.

Shareholders can engage with the Company between AGMs by contacting the Company Secretary, David Kirkup

(david.kirkup@msiplc.com). The Board also contacts significant institutional investors as and when appropriate.

Corporate Social Responsibility and Stakeholder engagement

The Group is aware of its corporate social responsibilities and the need to maintain effective relationships
with all of the stakeholders in the business including shareholders, employees, customers, suppliers and regulatory
authorities.  The  Group’s  operations,  processes  and  procedures  are  monitored  and  adapted  to  take  account  of
changing stakeholder relationships whilst maintaining focus on the Board’s strategic objective of delivering value
over the medium to long term for the benefit of all stakeholders.

The  Board  aims  to  do  what  is  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Company  and  seeks  to  maintain  the  highest

standards of integrity in the conduct of the Group’s operations.

The  requirement  for  regular  disclosure  of  Directors  other  interests  and  compliance  to  share  dealing

regulations all require high standards of behaviour.

The Group’s employment policies, such as Whistleblowing and Anti-Bribery and Corruption assist in setting

a culture of ethical behaviour throughout the Group.

Through  the  various  procedures  and  processes  the  Group  has  adopted,  each  diverse  operating  division

ensures full compliance with the health and safety and environmental legislation applicable to each division.

The Board and its committees

The Board consists of three executive directors, one of whom, Michael Bell is the Executive Chairman and
three  Non-Executive  directors,  Roger  Lane-Smith,  David  Pyle  and  David  Hansell.  The  Chairman  has  no  other
significant  commitments.  Day  to  day  control  in  divisional  operations  is  vested  in  individual  managing  directors,
supported by their respective financial managers.

The Company’s Articles of Association require that all Directors except those holding the posts of Chairman

or Chief Executive retire by rotation and are subject to election by shareholders at least once every three years.

The  Board  considers  that  all  3  Non-Executive  Directors  are  independent.  In  the  case  of  all  three  Non-
Executive Directors, the Board has considered their length of service as Directors and employees and has determined
that in terms of interest, experience and judgement they all remain independent. Consequently, The Board considers
itself to be compliant with the QCA code in having two or more independent Non-Executive Directors.

Roger Lane-Smith is the designated Senior Independent Director.

49

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Corporate governance statement
Continued 

The  Board  meets  at  least  quarterly  throughout  the  year  to  direct  and  control  the  overall  strategy  and
operating performance of the Group. To enable them to carry out these responsibilities all directors have full and
timely access to all relevant information. Executive Directors, except for Company business trips and holidays, meet
on a daily basis when possible. Additionally, each of the divisional operations has monthly review meetings which
the Executive Chairman and the Company’s Financial Director attends.

Board  Meetings  are  scheduled  in  advance.  The  Board  meets  at  least  quarterly  throughout  the  year.  The
number of meetings and members attendance of Board and Committee Meetings during the financial year ended
27th April, 2019 was as follows:

Number of meetings

Michael Bell

Michael O’Connell

Nicholas Bell

Roger Lane-Smith

David Pyle

David Hansell

Audit 
Committee
–

Board
4

4

4

4

4

4

4

–

–

–

2

2

–

All of the Non-Executive Directors devote sufficient time to fulfil their responsibilities to the Company.

The Chairman is responsible for the operation and strategic focus and direction of the business.

The  Board  is  supported  by  an  Audit  Committee  and  a  Remuneration  Committee.  Roger  Lane-Smith  and

David Pyle serve on these committees.

The  Audit  Committee  normally  meets  twice  a  year  and  has  the  responsibility  for  reviewing  the  interim
statements and annual financial reports and accounts and effectiveness of the system of internal controls with the
Group’s external auditors. The external auditors have direct access to the Committee without the executive directors
being present. The ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving the Group financial statements remains with
the Board.

The Remuneration Committee which meets as required has the responsibility for making recommendations
to the Board on the remuneration packages of each of the Executive Directors including any share incentive schemes.

Due to the size of the Group there is no Nominations Committee. The Chairman discusses the appointment
or replacement of Directors with the Board as a whole. The Board are aware of the age profile of the Directors and
this is under review.

Procedures  are  in  place  for Directors  to  seek  independent  advice  at  the  expense  of  the  Company  and  the
Company has insurance in respect of legal action against the Directors. The Company Secretary is responsible to the
Board for ensuring that Board procedures are complied with and for advising the Board on all governance matters.

Board experience, skills and evaluation

Due to the size of the Group, and the nature of its operations and strategic demands, there is no formal Board
performance evaluation process in place. However, the Chairman periodically meets with the Executive and Non-
Executive Directors to ensure they are committed, their respective contributions are effective and productive and,
where relevant, they have maintained their independence.

The Board has considered its structure and composition and believes it to be appropriate having taken into

account the nature and characteristics of the Group.

As the Directors have all served the Group as employees and Directors over many years, the Board believes
it is not necessary to give any further details of their experience other than that shown in the list of Directors and
the Notice of Annual General Meeting.

In the opinion of the Board, the Directors as a whole have the appropriate balance of skills and experience

necessary to ensure that the Group is managed for the long-term benefit of all stakeholders.

50

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Corporate governance statement
Continued 

Internal control systems

The Board is responsible for establishing and maintaining the Group’s system of internal control. Internal
control systems are designed to meet the particular needs of the operating company concerned bearing in mind the
resources available and the risks to which it is exposed, and by their nature can provide reasonable but not absolute
assurance against material misstatement or loss. The key procedures which the directors have established with a
view to providing effective internal control are set out below.

The  Board  has  overall  responsibility  for  the  Group  and  there  is  a  formal  schedule  of  matters  specifically
reserved  for  decisions  by  the  Board  which  covers  the  key  areas  of  the  Group’s  affairs,  including;  dividend  policy,
acquisitions and divestment policy, approval of budgets, capital expenditure, major buying and selling contracts and
general treasury and risk management policies. There is a clearly decentralised structure which delegates authority,
responsibility  and  accountability,  including  responsibility  for  internal  financial  controls,  to  management  of  the
operating companies.

Responsibility levels and delegation of authority and authorisation levels throughout the Group are set out

in the Group’s corporate accounting and procedures manual.

There is a comprehensive system for reporting financial results. Monthly accounts are prepared on a timely
basis. They include income statement, balance sheet, cash flow and capital expenditure reporting with comparisons
to budget and forecast. The budget is prepared annually and revised forecasts are provided monthly.

There  is  an  investment  evaluation  process  to  ensure  Board  approval  for  all  major  capital  expenditure

commitments.

There is a contract evaluation process to ensure directors approval for all major sales contracts.

Risk Management

The Board has reviewed the effectiveness of the system of internal controls, and together with operational
management, has identified and evaluated the critical business and financial risks of the Group. These risks are
reviewed continually by both the Directors and operational and divisional management. Where appropriate, action
is taken to manage risks facing the business.

The Group’s corporate governance environment and its embedded procedures and systems will be updated

and adapted to future changes in stakeholder relationships when considered appropriate by the Board.

51

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Audit Committee Report

The Audit Committee has been established for many years and was introduced when it became a requirement

for all full listed companies to have such a committee.

Committee governance

The Audit Committee consists of two independent Non-executive directors, Roger Lane-Smith and David Pyle
who  have  considerable  experience  in  senior  financial  and  commercial  operational  roles  and  both  have  extensive
knowledge of the Group’s operations and related financial risks and internal control.

The Committee meets twice a year. The meetings are held with the external auditor at which management is

not present.

Key responsibilities

The committee is required to:

Monitor  the  integrity  of  the  Group’s  financial  statements  and  external  announcements  of  both  the
interim and full year results;

Advise on the clarity of disclosures and information contained in the Annual Report and Accounts;

In  conjunction  with  the  Group’s  Executive  Board  and  external  auditor,  ensure  compliance  with
applicable accounting standards and the consistency of methodologies applied;

Review the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk management systems;

Oversee the relationship with the external auditors, review their performance and independence and
advising the Board on their appointment and remuneration.

The Audit Committee has undertaken the following during the year under review:

Internal control and risk management

The Audit  Committee  has  worked  with  the  Board  in  the  continued  evaluation  of  the  critical  business  and

financial risks of the Group and where appropriate supported actions to manage the risks facing the business.

External audit

The Audit Committee conducted a review and tender related to the appointment of the external auditor.

The  outcome  of  this  review  has  been  to  replace  Ernst  & Young  LLP  with  Grant  Thornton  UK  LLP  as  the

Group’s external auditor.

The services performed by Grant Thornton UK LLP will relate only to the Group’s external audit. All other

non audit work will be performed by independent accountancy firms which will enhance the Group’s governance.

There is no formal policy in respect of the rotation of the external auditor. This will be reviewed and taken
into consideration if the AIM listed company rules are changed so that the rotation of the external auditor becomes
a requirement.

Significant reporting issues and judgements

The Audit Committee considered whether the 2019 Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable and
whether  it  provides  the  necessary  information  for  shareholders  and  other  stakeholders  to  assess  the  Group’s
financial performance, business model and strategy.

The Committee was satisfied that, as a whole, the 2019 Annual Report met these requirements.

The  key  issues  and  accounting  policies  considered  by  the Audit  Committee  in  relation  to  the  2019 Annual

Report were:

The provision for past service pension costs arising as a result of a High Court ruling in October 2018
relating to GMP equalisation. A detailed explanation of this particular issue is set out in note 21 of the
Annual Report.

52

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Audit Committee Report
Continued

The appropriateness of the Group’s approach to the adoption of IFRS 15 and subsequent recognition
of contract revenue.

The proposed transition to the adoption of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ for the year ending 30th April, 2020 and
the disclosures made in respect of the anticipated changes to future financial statements.

The Audit Committee has assessed these specific issues and is satisfied that the methodologies adopted in

the Annual Report are appropriate and satisfy the relevant IFRS standards.

R Lane-Smith
Chairman Audit Committee

5th June, 2019

53

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Report of the directors

The  directors  present  their  report  and  the  Group  financial  statements  for  the  52  weeks  ended  27th April,

2019. The directors present their corporate governance statement on pages 49 to 51 of this report.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

1

Principal activities and business review

A  review  of  the  Group’s  trading  during  the  year  is  contained  in  the  Chairman’s  Statement  and  Strategic

report.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

2

Results and dividends

The  profit  after  taxation  for  the  period  attributable  to  shareholders  amounted  to  £3,812,000  (2018  –
£3,386,000). The directors recommend a final dividend of 6.50 pence per share (2018 – 6.50 pence per share), making
a total of 8.25 pence per share (2018 – 8.25 pence per share).
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

3

Going concern

The  Group  has  considerable  financial  resources  together  with  long  term  contracts  with  a  number  of
customers.  As  a  consequence,  the  directors  believe  that  the  Group  is  well  placed  to  manage  its  business  risk
successfully despite the current uncertain economic outlook.

After making enquiries the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have
adequate  resources  to  continue  in  operational  existence  for  the  foreseeable  future. Accordingly,  they  continue  to
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual report and accounts.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

4

Directors

The names of the directors of the Company at 5th June, 2019 are shown on page 4.

All of the directors served throughout the year.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

5 

Substantial interests in shares

The directors had been advised of the following notifiable interests:-

% of share capital held
at 27th April, 2019

% of share capital held
at 5th June, 2019

Michael Bell
Cavendish Asset Management Limited
David Pyle
Michael O’Connell
Mrs Patricia Snipe

29.3%
17.5%
10.6%
9.4%
4.9%

29.3%
17.5%
10.6%
9.4%
4.9%

Apart from these, the directors have not been formally notified of any other notifiable shareholdings in excess

of 3% of share capital held on 5th June, 2019.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

6 

Employee involvement

The  directors  have  continued  their  commitment  to  the  development  of  employee  involvement  and

communication throughout the Group.

Regular  meetings  are  held  with  employees  to  provide  and  discuss  information  of  concern  to  them  as
employees, including financial and economic factors affecting the performance of the Company in which they are
employed.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

54

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Report of the directors
Continued

7 

Employment of disabled persons

The Company and its subsidiaries have continued the policy regarding the employment of disabled persons.
Full and fair consideration is given to applications for employment made by disabled persons having regard to their
particular  aptitudes  and  abilities. Appropriate  training  is  arranged  for  disabled  persons,  including  retraining  for
alternative  work  of  employees  who  may  become  disabled,  to  promote  their  career  development  within  the
organisation.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

8 

Additional information for shareholders 

The Company purchased 1,000,000 of its Ordinary shares of 10p each for a total consideration of £1,721,976
on 11th December, 2013 and a further 646,334 Ordinary shares of 10p each for a total consideration of £1,237,251
on 30th January, 2014.

The following provides the additional information required for shareholders as a result of the implementation

of the Takeover Directive into UK Law.

At 5th June, 2019 the Company’s issued share capital comprised: 

Ordinary shares of 10p each

Ordinary shares of 10p each held in treasury

Ordinary shares of 10p each not held in treasury

Number

18,396,073

1,646,334

16,749,739

£000

1,840

165

1,675

% of total
share capital

100

8.95

91.05

The  above  figure  (16,749,739  ordinary  shares  of  10p)  is  the  number  of  ordinary  shares  to  be  used  as  a
denominator for the calculation of a shareholder’s interest for the determination of any notification requirement in
respect of their interest(s) or change of interest(s).

The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders that may result in restrictions on the

transfer of securities and for voting rights. 

Ordinary shares 

On a show of hands at a general meeting of the Company every holder of ordinary shares present in person
and entitled to vote shall have one vote and on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled to
vote  shall  have  one  vote  for  every  ordinary  share  held.  The  notice  of  the  general  meeting  specifies  deadlines  for
exercising voting rights either by proxy notice or present in person or by proxy in relation to resolutions to be passed
at  general  meeting.  All  proxy  votes  are  counted  and  the  numbers  for,  against  or  withheld  in  relation  to  each
resolution are announced at the Annual General Meeting.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the Company other than:

Certain restrictions may from time to time be imposed by laws and regulations (for example, insider
trading laws and market requirements relating to close periods); and; 

Pursuant to the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority whereby certain employees of the
Company require the approval of the Company to deal in the Company’s securities. 

The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by a special resolution at a general meeting of
the shareholders. Directors are reappointed by ordinary resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders. The
Board can appoint a director but anyone so appointed must be elected by an ordinary resolution at the next general
meeting.

Any  director,  other  than  the  Chairman,  who  has  held  office  for  more  than  three  years  since  their  last

appointment must offer themselves up for re-election at the annual general meeting.

Company share schemes

The  Employee  Share  Ownership  Trust  holds  1.46%  of  the  issued  share  capital  of  the  Company  (excluding
treasury  shares)  in  trust  for  the  benefit  of  employees  of  the  Group  and  their  dependants.  The  voting  rights  in
relation to these shares are exercised by the trustee. 

55

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Report of the directors
Continued

8 

Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Change of control

The Company is not party to any agreements which take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control

of the Company following a takeover bid. 

There are no agreements between the Company and its directors or employees providing for compensation
for  loss  of  office  or  employment  (whether  through  resignation,  purported  redundancy  or  otherwise)  that  occurs
because of a takeover bid.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

9 

Special business at the Annual General Meeting

Resolution 11: Disapplication of pre emption rights

Generally, if the directors wish to allot new shares or other equity securities (within the meaning of section
560 of the 2006 Act) for cash or sell shares for cash, then under the Act they must first offer such shares or securities
to shareholders in proportion to their existing holdings. These statutory pre emption rights may be disapplied by
shareholders.

Resolution 11, which will be proposed as a special resolution, renews a similar power given at last year’s AGM
and, if passed, will enable the directors to allot equity securities for cash, or sell treasury shares for cash, up to a
maximum aggregate nominal amount of £167,496 without having to comply with statutory pre emption rights, but
this power will be limited to allotments or sales.

(a)  in connection with a rights issue, open offer or other pre emptive offer to ordinary shareholders and to
holders of other equity securities (if required by the rights of those securities or the directors otherwise
consider  necessary),  but  (in  accordance  with  normal  practice)  subject  to  such  exclusions  or  other
arrangements, such as for fractional entitlements and overseas shareholders, as the directors consider
necessary;

(b)   in any other case, up to an aggregate nominal amount of £167,496 (which represents approximately ten
per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company (excluding treasury shares) as at 5th June,
2019.

If  given,  this  power  will  expire  at  the  conclusion  of  the  Company’s  next  AGM  or  on  15th  October,  2020

(whichever is the earlier). It is the directors’ intention to renew this power each year. 

Resolution 12: Purchase by the Company of its own shares

Resolution 12, which will be proposed as a special resolution renews a similar authority given at last year’s
AGM.  If  passed,  it  will  allow  the  Company  to  purchase  up  to  1,674,973  ordinary  shares  in  the  market  (which
represents  approximately  10  per  cent  of  the  issued  ordinary  share  capital  of  the  Company  (excluding  treasury
shares) as at 5th June, 2019.  The minimum and maximum prices for such a purchase are set out in the resolution.
If given, this authority will expire at the conclusion of the Company’s next AGM or on 15th October, 2020 whichever
is the earlier. It is the directors’ intention to renew this authority each year.

The directors have no current intention to exercise the authority sought under resolution 12 to make market

purchases.

The Company is permitted to hold shares in treasury as an alternative to cancelling them. Shares held in
treasury  may  be  subsequently  cancelled,  or  sold  for  cash  or  used  to  satisfy  options  under  the  Company’s  share
schemes. While held in treasury, the shares are not entitled to receive any dividends or dividend equivalents (apart
from any issue of bonus shares) and have no voting rights. The directors believe it is appropriate for the Company
to have the option to hold its own shares in treasury, if, at a future date , the directors exercise this authority in
order to provide the Company with additional flexibility in the management of its capital base. The directors will
have regard to institutional shareholder guidelines which may be in force at the time of such purchase, holding or
re-sale of shares held in treasury. As at 5th June, 2019, the Company holds 1,646,334 Ordinary shares of 10p each
in treasury which represents 8.95 % of the total number of Ordinary shares of 10p each issued.

56

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Report of the directors
Continued

9 

Special business at the Annual General Meeting (continued)

Resolution 13: Notice period for general meetings

Resolution 13 will be proposed as a special resolution to allow the Company to call general meetings (other

than an AGM) on 14 clear days’ notice.

Changes made to the 2006 Act by the Companies (Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 2009 increase the notice
period required for general meetings of the Company to 21 days unless shareholders approve a shorter notice period,
which cannot however be less than 14 clear days. AGMs will continue to be held on at least 21 clear days’ notice.

Before the Regulations came into force, the Company was able to call general meetings other than an AGM
on  14  clear  days’  notice  without  obtaining  shareholder  approval.  Resolution  13 seeks  such  approval  in  order  to
preserve  this  flexibility.  The  shorter  notice  period  would  not  however  be  used  as  a  matter  of  routine  for  such
meetings,  but  only  where  it  is  merited  by  the  business  of  the  meeting  and  is  considered  to  be  in  the  interests  of
shareholders as a whole. If given, the approval will be effective until the Company’s next annual general meeting,
when it is intended that a similar resolution will be proposed.

Note that the changes to the 2006 Act mean that, in order to be able to call a general meeting on less than 21
clear  days’  notice,  the  Company  must  make  a  means  of  electronic  voting  available  to  all  shareholders  for  that
meeting.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

10 

Auditors

A  resolution  to  reappoint  the  auditor,  Grant  Thornton  UK  LLP,  will  be  proposed  at  the  Annual  General

Meeting.
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

11 

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of information to auditors

The  directors  who  were  members  of  the  board  at  the  time  of  approving  the  directors’  report  are  listed  on
page 4. Having made enquiries of fellow directors and of the Company’s auditors, each of the directors
confirms that:

to the best of each director’s knowledge and belief, there is no information relevant to the preparation
of their report of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

each director has taken all the steps a director might reasonably be expected to have taken to be aware
of  relevant  audit  information  and  to  establish  that  the  Company’s  auditors  are  aware  of  that
information.

222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

12 

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

the financial statements, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as
adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or
loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and

the business review, together with the Chairman’s statement, includes a fair review of the development
and performance of the business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included in
the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties
that they face.

By order of the Board,

David Kirkup
Secretary

5th June, 2019

57

(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
(cid:0)
M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Directors’ remuneration report

Information not subject to audit 

Policy on remuneration of executive directors

The Remuneration Committee which, currently, comprises the non-executive directors, Roger Lane-Smith and
David Pyle, aims to ensure that remuneration packages and service contracts are competitive and designed to retain,
attract and motivate executive directors of the right calibre.

The salary for each director is determined by the Remuneration Committee by reference to a range of factors
including  experience  appropriate  to  the  Group,  length  of  service  and  salary  rates  for  similar  jobs  in  comparative
companies. In view of the size and nature of the Group and the continuing need to optimise subordinate management
structures particular emphasis is given to the advantages which flow from the long term continuity of the executive
directors. All aspects of the executive directors’ current remuneration packages were established in June, 1996 when
revised contracts of service, embracing reduced notice periods, were agreed.  The contracts of service are reviewed
from time to time and consideration given to whether any amendment is appropriate. The Remuneration Committee
has not sought any external advice during the year.

The main components of the remuneration package for the executive directors are as follows:-

The main components of the remuneration package for the executive directors

are as follows:-

1.

Basic Salary

Salaries for executive directors are reviewed annually by the Remuneration Committee.

2.

Performance related annual bonus

An  annual  bonus  is  paid  depending  on  achievement  of  profitability  targets.  Bonus  payments  achieved  for

2018/2019 amounted in total to 53.9% (2018 – 22.5%) of total executive basic salaries.

The Remuneration Committee consider the £1.198m charge to the Consolidated income statement for past
service pension costs to be outside of the definition of "usual working and management expenses and outgoings" as
set out in clause 1.2 of the executive directors bonus scheme. Consequently, the bonus for the directors for the year
ended  27th  April,  2019  has  been  based  on  the  Group  profit  before  past  service  pension  costs  and  taxation  of
£5,985,000.

3.

Share Options

Directors are eligible to participate in the Employee and the Enterprise Management Incentive share option
schemes. The Remuneration Committee is responsible for granting options. Options have only been granted at an
exercise price of not less than the price paid by the scheme to acquire the shares. Share options are issued without
performance criteria and have no vesting period.

At 27th April, 2019, there are no outstanding share options.

4.

Pension contributions

Until 27th April, 2013, pension contributions were calculated as a percentage of total emoluments. From 28th
April,  2013,  pension  contributions  will  be  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  basic  pay  and  bonus  only.  The  executive
directors have full discretion as to how they choose to invest their pension contributions. All pension contributions
for executive directors over the age of 65 ceased from 30th April, 2015.

Other  benefits  are  provided  in  the  form  of  company  cars,  death  in  service  benefit  cover  and  medical  and

5.
disability insurance.

Non-executive directors

The level of the non-executive directors’ remuneration has been determined by the Board as an annual fee and
is paid monthly. There are no formal service contracts between the Company and any of the non-executive directors.

58

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Directors’ remuneration report
Continued
Information not subject to audit 

Emoluments of directors

Directors’ remuneration in respect of the period to 27th April, 2019.

2019

2019

2019

2019

2018

2018

2018

salary
£

and fees
£

and fees
£

400,000 400,000

2019
Other
benefits
£

2018
Other
benefits
£

2018
Basic salary Basic salary Additional Additional
salary
£
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Michael Bell
92,974 679,007 547,184 
–
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Michael O’Connell
46,487 366,721 311,861 
–
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Nicholas Bell
46,487 332,929 265,378 
–
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
David Pyle
77,487 
–
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
David Hansell
– 188,700 188,700 
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Roger Lane-Smith
40,000 
–
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

50,000 138,700 138,700

200,000 200,000

225,000 225,000

40,374 111,240

18,891 111,240

54,210 222,480

Bonus
£

Bonus
£

50,000

50,000

40,000

21,689

56,527

30,481

14,849

64,849

40,000

27,487

50,000

40,000

Total

Total

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

In addition to his role as non-executive director, David Hansell has carried out additional executive services during
the  period  for  the  Defence  division.  His  remuneration  during  the  period  for  these  services,  is  shown  as  additional
salary.

Other benefits represent the provision of company cars, death in service benefit and medical and disability insurance.

Pension contributions

2019
Total
£
–

2018
Total
£
–  

Michael Bell
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Michael O’Connell
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Nicholas Bell
36,973 
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
Roger Lane-Smith
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
David Pyle
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222
David Hansell
222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222222

46,686

–

–

–

–

–  

–  

–  

–  

Directors’ share options

Share options

All outstanding share options lapsed on 30th September, 2017.

There  are  now  no  outstanding  share  options  granted  under  either  the  Enterprise  Management  Incentive

Scheme or the Employee Share Option Scheme.

QCA code

The Remuneration Committee is of the opinion that the disclosures required by the code are contained within

this report.

By order of the Board,

David Kirkup
Secretary

5th June, 2019

59

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

List of subsidiaries

(i)

Principal operating subsidiaries

MSI-Defence Systems Ltd.

Salhouse Road, 
Norwich,
NR7 9AY
England

Design, manufacture and
service of defence equipment.

Country of Incorporation

England & Wales

MSI-Defence Systems Inc.

MSI-Forks Ltd.

MSI-Forks Inc.

MS INTERNATIONAL
Estates LLC

MSI-Forks Garfos 
Industriais Ltda.

MSI-Quality Forgings Ltd.

Global-MSI plc

Global-MSI Sp. z o.o.

Petrol Sign bv

Petrol Sign GmbH

Petrol Sign Ltd.

MS INTERNATIONAL
Estates Ltd.

1298 Galleria Boulevard,  Design, manufacture and 
Rock Hill, 
SC 29730
USA

service of defence equipment.

Balby Carr Bank, 
Doncaster, 
DN4 8DH
England

Manufacture of fork-arms for the
fork lift truck, construction,
agricultural and quarrying
equipment industries.

1298 Galleria Boulevard,  Manufacture of fork-arms for the
Rock Hill, 
SC 29730
USA

fork lift truck, construction,
agricultural and quarrying 
equipment industries.

1298 Galleria Boulevard,  Property holding company 
Rock Hill, 
SC 29730
USA

of the Group’s USA property.

Manufacture of fork-arms for the
fork lift truck, construction,
agricultural and quarrying
equipment industries.

USA

England & Wales

USA

USA

Brazil

Manufacture of open die forgings.

England & Wales

Design, manufacture and
construction of petrol station
superstructures.

England & Wales

Rua Professor Campos
de Oliveira,  
310
São Paulo 
Brazil

Balby Carr Bank,
Doncaster,
DN4 8DH
England

Balby Carr Bank, 
Doncaster
DN4 8DH
England

Ul. Działowskiego 13, 
30-339 Krakow
Poland

Design, manufacture and
construction of petrol 
station superstructures.

De Hoef 8 
5311 GH Gameren 
The Netherlands 

Design, restyling, production
and installation of the complete
appearance of petrol station
superstructures and forecourt.

Owiedenfeldstrasse 1
30559 Hannover
Anderton
Germany

Design, restyling, production
and installation of the complete
appearance of petrol station
superstructures and forecourt.

Poland

The Netherlands

Germany

Balby Carr Bank, 
Doncaster 
DN4 8DH
England

Balby Carr Bank,  
Doncaster  
DN4 8DH
England

Design, restyling, production
and installation of the complete
appearance of petrol station
superstructures and forecourt.

Property holding company 
of the Group’s UK properties.

England & Wales

England & Wales

NOTES
1. 

100% of the ordinary shares are held in all cases.

60

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

List of subsidiaries
Continued

(ii)

Non Operating subsidiaries

Conder Ltd.

Global-MSI (Overseas) Ltd.

MDM Investments Ltd.

Mechforge Ltd.

MSI-Petrol Sign Ltd.

Petrol Sign-MSI Ltd.

NOTES

1. 

100% of the ordinary share capital of each entity is held in all cases.

2.  All companies are registered in England and Wales

3.  All companies are dormant and non operating, with the exception of MDM Investments Ltd, which is the trustee company of

the MS INTERNATIONAL plc Retirement and Death Benefits Scheme.

61

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice  is  given  that  the  fifty  ninth  annual  general  meeting  of  MS  INTERNATIONAL  plc
(“Company”) will be held at The Holiday Inn, Warmsworth, Doncaster on 15th July, 2019 at 12 noon to
consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following resolutions. Resolutions 1 to 10 will be proposed as
ordinary resolutions and resolutions 11 to 13 will be proposed as special resolutions:

As ordinary business:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

To receive the Company’s annual accounts and directors’ and auditors’ reports for the 52 weeks ended 27th
April, 2019.

To approve the directors’ remuneration report for the 52 weeks ended 27th April, 2019. 

To declare a final dividend for the 52 weeks ended 27th April, 2019 of 6.5p per ordinary share of 10p each in
the capital of the Company, to be paid on 25th July, 2019 to shareholders whose names appear on the register
as at close of business on 21st June, 2019.

To re-elect as Executive Chairman of the Company, Michael Bell, who joined the company in December 1972
and was appointed to the Board in July, 1980.

To  re-elect  as  a  director  of  the  Company,  Nicholas  Bell,  a  director  retiring  by  rotation.  Nicholas  is  aged
44 years old and joined the Company in 1999, becoming a director in 2014.

To reappoint as a non-executive director of the Company, Roger Lane-Smith who was appointed as a director
on  21st  January,  1983.  He  is  a  non-executive  director  of  Timpson  Group  plc,  Lomond  Capital  Partners,
Mostyn Estates Limited and a number of other private companies.

To  reappoint  as  a  non-executive  director  of  the  Company  David  Pyle,  who  was  appointed  as  an  executive
director in 1980, David joined the Company in 1968 and stepped down as company secretary and executive
director on 27th April, 2013.

To reappoint as a non-executive director of the Company, David Hansell, who was appointed to the Board as
a director on 3rd June, 2014. David joined the Company in 1962 becoming a director in 2014.

To reappoint Grant Thornton UK LLP as external auditor of the Company.

10.

To authorise the directors to determine the remuneration of the external auditor.

As special business:

11.

That, subject to the passing of resolution 11 and pursuant to sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006
(“2006 Act”), the directors be and are generally empowered to allot equity securities (within the meaning of
section 560 of the 2006 Act) for cash pursuant to the authority granted by resolution 8 and to sell Ordinary
shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if section 561(1) of the 2006 Act did not apply to
any such allotment or sale, provided that this power shall be limited to the allotment of equity securities or
sale of treasury shares:

11.1

in  connection  with  an  offer  of  equity  securities  (whether  by  way  of  a  rights  issue,  open  offer  or
otherwise):

11.1.1

to holders of Ordinary shares in the capital of the Company in proportion (as nearly as
practicable) to the respective numbers of Ordinary shares held by them; and

11.1.2

to  holders  of  other  equity  securities  in  the  capital  of  the  Company,  as  required  by  the
rights  of  those  securities  or,  subject  to  such  rights,  as  the  directors  otherwise  consider
necessary.

but  subject  to  such  exclusions  or  other  arrangements  as  the  directors  may  deem  necessary  or
expedient  in  relation  to  treasury  shares,  fractional  entitlements,  record  dates  or  any  legal  or
practical problems under the laws of any territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or
stock exchange; and

11.2

otherwise than pursuant to paragraph 11.1 of this resolution, up to an aggregate nominal amount
of £167,496.

and  (unless  previously  revoked,  varied  or  renewed)  this  power  shall  expire  at  the  conclusion  of  the  next
annual  general  meeting  of  the  Company  after  the  passing  of  this  resolution  or  on  15th  October,  2020
(whichever is the earlier), save that the Company may make an offer or agreement before this power expires
which would or might require equity securities to be allotted or treasury shares to be sold for cash after this

62

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notice of Annual General Meeting
Continued 

power expires and the directors may allot equity securities or sell treasury shares for cash pursuant to any
such offer or agreement as if this power had not expired. This power is in substitution for all existing powers
under  section  570  and  573  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  (which,  to  the  extent  unused  at  the  date  of  this
resolution, are revoked with immediate effect).

12.

That, pursuant to section 701 of the Companies Act 2006 (“2006 Act”), the Company be and is generally and
unconditionally authorised to make market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the 2006 Act)
of Ordinary shares of £0.10 each in the capital of the Company (“Shares”), provided that:

(a)

(b)

(c)

the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be purchased is 1,674,973;

the minimum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for a Share is £0.10;

the maximum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for a Share is the higher of:

(i)

(ii)

an  amount  equal  to  105  per  cent  of  the  average  of  the  middle  market  quotations  for  a
Share as derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange plc for the five
business days immediately preceding the day on which the purchase is made; and

an amount equal to the higher of the price of the last independent trade of a Share and
the highest current independent bid for a Share on the trading venue where the purchase
is carried out,

and (unless previously revoked, varied or renewed) this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next
annual  general  meeting  of  the  Company  after  the  passing  of  this  resolution  or  on  15th  October,  2020
(whichever is the earlier), save that the Company may enter into a contract to purchase Shares before this
authority expires under which such purchase will or may be completed or executed wholly or partly after this
authority expires and may make a purchase of Shares pursuant to any such contract as if this authority had
not expired.

13.

That a general meeting of the Company (other than an annual general meeting) may be called on not less
than 14 clear days’ notice.

By Order of the Board

………………………………………

David Kirkup
Secretary

21st June, 2019

Registered office:
Balby Carr Bank

Doncaster

DN4 8DH

63

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notice of Annual General Meeting
Continued 

Registered in England and Wales No. 00653735

Notes

Entitlement to attend and vote

1.

The  right  to  vote  at  the  meeting  is  determined  by  reference  to  the  register  of  members.  Only  those
shareholders registered in the register of members of the Company as at close of business on 11th July, 2019
(or, if the meeting is adjourned, no later than close of business two days prior to any adjourned meeting) shall
be entitled to attend and vote at the meeting in respect of the number of shares registered in their name at
that time. Changes to entries in the register of members after that time shall be disregarded in determining
the rights of any person to attend or vote (and the number of votes they may cast) at the meeting.

Proxies

2.

A shareholder is entitled to appoint another person as his or her proxy to exercise all or any of his or her
rights to attend and to speak and vote at the meeting. A proxy need not be a member of the Company.

3.

4.

A  shareholder  may  appoint  more  than  one  proxy  in  relation  to  the  meeting,  provided  that  each  proxy  is
appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by that shareholder. Failure to
specify the number of shares each proxy appointment relates to or specifying a number which when taken
together with the numbers of shares set out in the other proxy appointments is in excess of the number of
shares held by the shareholder may result in the proxy appointment being invalid.

A proxy may only be appointed in accordance with the procedures set out in notes 3 to 4 and the notes to the
proxy form.

The  appointment  of  a  proxy  will  not  preclude  a  shareholder  from  attending  and  voting  in  person  at  the
meeting.

A form of proxy is enclosed. When appointing more than one proxy, the proxy form may be photocopied. Please
indicate the proxy holder’s name and the number of shares in relation to which they are authorised to act as
your proxy (which, in aggregate, should not exceed the number of shares held by you). Please also indicate if
the  proxy  instruction  is  one  of  multiple  instructions  being  given. All  forms  must  be  signed  and  should  be
returned together in the same envelope.

To be valid, a proxy form must be received by post or (during normal business hours only) by hand at the
offices of the Company’s registrar, Link Asset Services, PXS, 34 Beckenham Road, Kent, BR3 4TU, no later
than 12 noon on 11th July, 2019 (or, if the meeting is adjourned, no later than 48 hours before the time of any
adjourned meeting).

CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies for the meeting (or any adjournment of it) through
the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so by using the procedures described in the CREST
Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who
have appointed a voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s),
who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate
CREST message (a “CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear
UK & Ireland Limited’s specifications and must contain the information required for such instructions, as
described  in  the  CREST  Manual.  The  message,  regardless  of  whether  it  constitutes  the  appointment  of  a
proxy or is an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy, must, in order to be valid,
be transmitted so as to be received by Link Asset Services (ID RA10) no later than 12 noon on 11th July, 2019
(or, if the meeting is adjourned, no later than 48 hours before the time of any adjourned meeting). For this
purpose,  the  time  of  receipt  will  be  taken  to  be  the  time  (as  determined  by  the  timestamp  applied  to  the
message by the CREST Applications Host) from which Capita Registrars is able to retrieve the message by
enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time, any change of instructions to proxies
appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee through other means.

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that
Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular
messages.  Normal  system  timings  and  limitations  will  therefore  apply  in  relation  to  the  input  of  CREST
Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member
is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure
that  his  or  her  CREST  sponsor  or  voting  service  provider(s)  take(s))  such  action  as  shall  be  necessary  to
ensure  that  a  message  is  transmitted  by  means  of  the  CREST  system  by  any  particular  time.  In  this

64

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

Notice of Annual General Meeting
Continued 

connection,  CREST  members  and,  where  applicable,  their  CREST  sponsors  or  voting  service  providers  are
referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST
system and timings. 

The Company may treat a CREST Proxy Instruction as invalid in the circumstances set out in Regulation
35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.

Corporate representatives

5.

A shareholder which is a corporation may authorise one or more persons to act as its representative(s) at the
meeting.  Each  such  representative  may  exercise  (on  behalf  of  the  corporation)  the  same  powers  as  the
corporation could exercise if it were an individual shareholder, provided that (where there is more than one
representative and the vote is otherwise than on a show of hands) they do not do so in relation to the same
shares.

Total voting rights

6.

As at 5th June, 2019, the Company’s issued share capital consists of 18,396,073 Ordinary shares of 10p each,
carrying one vote each. The Company holds 1,646,334 Ordinary shares in treasury. Therefore, the total voting
rights in the Company as at 5th June, 2019 are 16,749,739.

Nominated Persons

7.

Where a copy of this notice is being received by a person who has been nominated to enjoy information rights
under section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 (“2006 Act”) (“Nominated Person”):

(a)

(b)

the Nominated Person may have a right under an agreement between him/her and the shareholder
by whom he/she was nominated, to be appointed, or to have someone else appointed, as a proxy for
the meeting; or

if the Nominated Person has no such right or does not wish to exercise such right, he/she may have
a right under such an agreement to give instructions to the shareholder as to the exercise of voting
rights.

The statement of the rights of shareholders in relation to the appointment of proxies in notes 2 to 4 does not
apply to a Nominated Person. The rights described in such notes can only be exercised by shareholders of the
Company.

Questions at the meeting

8.

Shareholders have the right to ask questions at the meeting relating to the business being dealt with at the
meeting  in  accordance  with  section  319A  of  the  2006 Act.  The  Company  must  answer  any  such  question
unless:

(a)

(b)

to  do  so  would  interfere  unduly  with  the  preparation  for  the  meeting  or  would  involve  the
disclosure of confidential information; or

it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting that the question
be answered.

Documents available for inspection

9.

The following documents will be available for inspection during normal business hours at the registered office
of  the  Company  from  the  date  of  this  notice  until  the  time  of  the  meeting.  They  will  also  be  available  for
inspection at the place of the meeting from at least 15 minutes before the meeting until it ends

(a)

(b)

Copies of the service contracts of the executive directors; and

Particulars of transactions of directors in the shares of the Company.

Biographical details of directors

10.

11.

Biographical details of all those directors who are offering themselves for reappointment at the meeting are
set out in the Notice.

Dividend Warrants

Dividend  warrants  will  be  posted  on  25th  July,  2019  to  those  members  registered  on  the  books  of  the
Company on 21st June, 2019.

65

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

66

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

67

M S   I N T E R N A T I O N A L   p l c

68